424B4 1 g92064b4e424b4.htm LHC GROUP, INC. LHC GROUP, INC.
Table of Contents

This filing is made pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
under the Securities Act of 1933 in
connection with Registration No. 333-120792
and Registration No. 333-125656

(LHG GROUP LOGO)

4,800,000 Shares

Common Stock

          LHC Group, Inc. is offering 3,500,000 shares of its common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling an additional 1,300,000 shares. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

          This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. Our shares of common stock have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “LHCG.” The initial public offering price of our common stock is $14.00 per share.


Investing in our common stock involves risks.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.


                 
Per
Share Total


Public offering price
  $ 14.00     $ 67,200,000  
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $ 0.98     $ 4,704,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to LHC Group
  $ 13.02     $ 45,570,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $ 13.02     $ 16,926,000  

          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

          The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 720,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or before June 14, 2005.


 
Jefferies & Company, Inc. Legg Mason Wood Walker
Incorporated                    

The date of this prospectus is June 8, 2005.


Table of Contents

LOGO



TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    9  
    21  
    22  
    22  
    23  
    24  
    25  
    28  
    51  
    76  
    86  
    89  
    92  
    95  
    97  
    100  
    103  
    103  
    103  
    F-1  


          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may be used only where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus may be accurate only on the date of this prospectus.

          Until July 3, 2005 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

          The following is a summary of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making an investment decision. You should also carefully consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise indicated, “LHC,” “we,” “us,” and “the company” refer to LHC Group, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

          We provide post-acute healthcare services primarily to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. We provide these post-acute healthcare services through our home nursing agencies, hospices, long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Since our founders began operations in 1994 with one home nursing agency in Palmetto, Louisiana, we have grown to 85 locations in Louisiana, Alabama, Arkansas, Mississippi and Texas as of March 31, 2005. We have grown our net service revenue from $28.2 million in 2001 to $123.0 million in 2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of 63.4%. During this same period, our annual net income grew from $787,000 in 2001 to $9.3 million in 2004. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, we reported $37.5 million of net service revenue and $3.3 million of net income. Medicare accounted for 84.6% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 81.5% of our net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005. We have been profitable every year since 1999.

          Our objective is to become the leading provider of post-acute healthcare services to Medicare patients in selected rural markets, which we define as counties having between 10,000 and 100,000 residents. We believe these markets, which have a higher percentage of Medicare beneficiaries, are underserved relative to urban or suburban markets. Upon entering a new market, we implement our clinically-oriented business model that emphasizes improved patient care, strong relationships with local hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers and an expansion in the range of healthcare services available to patients. Our model provides support and clinical guidelines to our local caregivers while promoting treatment flexibility that allows them to effectively address individual patient needs. Our model also enhances our ability to expand efficiently into these markets and deliver high quality care consistently on a cost-effective basis across multiple locations.

          We provide home-based post-acute healthcare services through our home nursing agencies and hospices. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated 63 home nursing locations, of which 56 are certified to receive Medicare reimbursement. We also manage the operations of four home nursing locations in which we currently have no ownership interest. Our home nursing locations offer a wide range of services, including skilled nursing, private duty nursing, physical, occupational, and speech therapy and medically-oriented social services. The nurses, home health aides and therapists in our home nursing agencies work closely with patients and their families to design and implement individualized treatment responsive to a physician-prescribed plan of care. We own and operate three Medicare-certified hospices and manage the operations of two Medicare-certified hospices in which we currently have no ownership interest. Our hospices provide palliative care to patients with terminal illnesses through interdisciplinary teams of physicians, nurses, home health aides, counselors and volunteers. Of our 66 home-based services locations in which we have an ownership interest, 29 are wholly-owned by us and 37 are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint venture relationships, structured as either equity joint ventures, cooperative endeavors or license leasing arrangements. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, our home-based services provided $56.2 million, $84.5 million and $25.3 million, respectively, of our net service revenue.

          We provide facility-based post-acute healthcare services through our long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated three long-term acute care hospitals with five locations, with a total of 120 licensed beds, one short-term acute care hospital with 18 licensed beds and one inpatient rehabilitation facility with 15 licensed beds. We plan to convert the short-term acute care hospital and the inpatient rehabilitation facility into long-term acute care

1


Table of Contents

hospitals. Our long-term acute care hospitals, all of which are located within host hospitals, provide services primarily to patients who have transitioned out of a hospital intensive care unit and suffer from complex medical conditions that remain too severe for treatment in a non-acute setting. We provide outpatient rehabilitation services through physical therapists, occupational therapists and speech pathologists at our five outpatient rehabilitation clinics in which we have an ownership interest. We also provide outpatient rehabilitation services on a contract basis. In addition, we manage the operations of one inpatient rehabilitation facility in which we have no ownership interest. Of our 12 facility-based services locations in which we have an ownership interest, five are wholly-owned by us and seven are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint ventures. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, our facility-based services provided $16.2 million, $38.5 million and $12.2 million, respectively, of our net service revenue.

Industry and Market Opportunity

          According to estimates of the Medicare Payment Advisory Committee, or MedPAC, Medicare spending totaled $12.8 billion in 2003 for the two primary post-acute sectors in which we operate: home nursing and long-term acute care. MedPAC estimates that Medicare spending on home nursing services totaled $10.2 billion in 2003. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, estimates that there are approximately 7,200 Medicare-certified home nursing agencies in the United States, the majority of which are operated by small local or regional providers. CMS also estimates that approximately 32.0% of these home nursing agencies are hospital-based or not-for-profit, freestanding agencies, and MedPAC estimates that approximately 34.0% are located in rural markets. CMS predicts that Medicare spending on home nursing services will increase at an average annual growth rate of 7.6% between 2005 and 2009. According to MedPAC estimates, Medicare spending for services provided by long-term acute care hospitals has grown from $0.4 billion in 1993 to an estimated $2.6 billion in 2003.

          We believe our post-acute healthcare services provide valuable treatment alternatives to underserved, rural patient populations. Rural areas typically do not offer the range of post-acute healthcare services that are available in urban or suburban markets; therefore, patients in rural markets often face challenges in accessing healthcare in a convenient and appropriate setting. Because most rural areas have the population size to support only one or two general acute care hospitals, the local hospital often plays a significant role in rural market healthcare delivery systems. Rural patients who require home nursing services frequently receive care from a small home nursing agency or an agency that, while owned and operated by the hospital, is not an area of focus for that hospital. In addition, patients in these markets who require services typically offered by long-term acute care hospitals generally remain in the community hospital, as it is often the only local facility equipped to deal with severe, complex medical conditions.

Competitive Strengths

          We believe the following competitive strengths have enabled us to grow our business and increase our net income while building strong market share:

  •  We have a proven track record of success in serving rural markets. Of our 85 locations as of March 31, 2005, 65.9% are located in counties with fewer than 100,000 residents. Our strategic plan for entering new markets is specifically designed for rural markets and includes: (1) building relationships with local hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers; (2) expanding the breadth and quality of services provided; (3) recruiting qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals; and (4) transitioning acquired operations to our operating model and technology platform.
 
  •  We have a clinically-oriented and patient-focused operating model. We have developed a decentralized, care management operating model that enhances our ability to deliver high-quality care on a consistent and cost-effective basis across multiple locations. Our operating model provides clinical guidelines at the agency and caregiver levels while promoting treatment flexibility to address

2


Table of Contents

  patient-specific needs. We believe this approach also allows us to allocate more resources to patient care, which enhances clinical outcomes and increases physician and patient satisfaction.
 
  •  We incur low costs to enter new markets. We often enter a new market by forming a joint venture with a local hospital for, or by acquiring or assuming operations of, an existing hospital-owned home nursing agency that may be underperforming clinically or financially. Typically, we have acquired the assets of these agencies with limited capital investment. Upon acquiring these interests, we implement our standardized operating model, which generally leads to increased patient census, enhanced patient care and improved financial performance.
 
  •  We focus on maintaining strong employee relations. Critical to our success is our ability to attract and retain experienced and skilled employees and our recognition of the importance of good relations with our employees. The flexibility created by our care management operating model, combined with our emphasis on communication, education and competitive benefits, has allowed us to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced employees. As a result, we had an employee turnover rate for full-time employees of approximately 12.8% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2005, which we believe is well below the comparable national average.
 
  •  We have an experienced management team. Our ability to grow profitability, deliver high-quality service, and expand our operations has been due, in large part, to the experience of our senior management team. Our four executive officers have over 61 years of combined experience in the healthcare services industry.

Growth Strategy

          Our objective is to become the leading provider of post-acute healthcare services to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

  •  Drive internal growth in existing markets. We intend to drive internal growth in our current markets by increasing the number of healthcare providers in each market from whom we receive referrals and by expanding the breadth of our services. We intend to achieve this growth by: (1) continuing to educate healthcare providers about the benefits of our services; (2) reinforcing the position of our agencies and facilities as community assets; (3) maintaining our emphasis on high-quality medical care for our patients; and (4) providing a superior work environment for our employees.
 
  •  Achieve margin improvement through the active management of costs. The majority of our net service revenue is generated under Medicare prospective payment systems through which we are paid pre-determined rates based upon the clinical condition and severity of the patients in our care. Because our profitability in a fixed payment system depends upon our ability to manage the costs of providing care, we continue to pursue initiatives to improve our margins and net income.
 
  •  Expand into new rural markets. We will continue expanding into new markets by developing new and acquiring existing Medicare-certified home nursing agencies in attractive markets. Once we have established a home nursing agency in a new market, we will consider the development of a freestanding long-term acute care hospital and the provision of other complementary post-acute healthcare services in such market. We currently plan to pursue expansion opportunities in 14 contiguous states, and we have identified approximately 500 underserved rural markets in those states where we believe we can implement our operating model successfully.
 
  •  Pursue strategic acquisitions. We will continue to identify and evaluate opportunities for strategic acquisitions in new and existing markets that will enhance our market position, increase our referral base and expand the breadth of services we offer. We may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to pursue acquisitions that would allow us to acquire market share in our target states through the purchase of larger home nursing operations.

3


Table of Contents

Our Risks

          Our business and our ability to implement our operating and growth strategies are subject to numerous risks which you should consider before investing in our common stock. In particular, the risks we face include risks related to:

  •  Dependence on Payments from Medicare. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, we received 82.8%, 83.1%, 84.6% and 81.5%, respectively, of our net service revenue from Medicare. Reductions in Medicare rates or changes in the way Medicare pays for services could cause our net service revenue and net income to decline, perhaps materially.
 
  •  Extensive Governmental Regulation. We are subject to extensive governmental regulation. If we fail to comply with these regulations, we could suffer penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in government-based reimbursement programs. Further, changes in existing regulations or the implementation of new regulations could increase our costs of doing business and cause our net service revenue and net income to decline.
 
  •  Dependence on Referral Sources. Our success depends significantly on referrals from physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. Our failure to maintain relationships with our existing referral sources or to develop relationships with new referral sources could adversely impact our ability to expand our operations and operate profitably.
 
  •  Shortages in Qualified Healthcare Professionals. We rely on our ability to attract and retain qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals. The availability of qualified nurses has declined nationwide and competition for healthcare professionals has increased. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified healthcare professionals, our ability to grow may be constrained. Further, if the cost of attracting and retaining these professionals increases, our net income could decline.
 
  •  Satisfaction of Certificate of Need or Similar Regulations. Our ability to expand will depend on our ability to obtain state licenses to operate. Of the 14 states in which we currently operate or plan to operate, 10 require healthcare providers to obtain prior approval, known as a certificate of need or permit of approval, or similar permission for the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare facilities. The failure to obtain any requested certificate of need, permit of approval or other license could impair our ability to operate or expand our business.
 
  •  Dependence on Additional Capital. We must have sufficient capital in order to implement our growth strategy. If we do not have sufficient capital resources, our growth could be limited unless we obtain additional equity or debt financing.

      We might not be able to successfully manage our risks and these risks could harm our business. The risks we face are described in “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 9 of this prospectus.

Address

          Our principal executive offices are located at 420 West Pinhook Rd., Suite A, Lafayette, LA 70503, and our telephone number is (337) 233-1307. Our Internet address is www.lhcgroup.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by us 3,500,000 shares
 
Common stock offered by selling stockholders 1,300,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 16,591,870 shares
 
Use of proceeds We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness, fund joint venture conversion obligations, finance potential acquisitions or joint venture investments, and to fund other general corporate purposes.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Nasdaq National Market symbol LHCG

          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 12,085,154 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2005.

          Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:

  •  assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option;
 
  •  includes the issuance of 518,036 aggregate shares of our outstanding common stock to be received upon the exercise of rights held by two of our joint venture partners to convert their joint venture equity interests into shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering;
 
  •  includes the issuance of 481,680 shares of our common stock upon conversion of outstanding key employee equity participation units, which will occur automatically upon the completion of this offering;
 
  •  includes 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock, but excludes an additional 14,000 shares of unvested restricted common stock, all of which will be issued upon completion of this offering pursuant to our 2005 Director Compensation Plan; and
 
  •  excludes, except for the 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock referred to above, 1,000,000 shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, of which options to acquire 11,500 shares will be issued upon completion of this offering.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

          The summary consolidated financial data presented below is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial information set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

          The as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2005 presented below gives effect to the following events as if each had occurred as of March 31, 2005: (1) the completion of this offering; (2) the application of approximately $16.4 million of the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay existing indebtedness; (3) the application of approximately $2.2 million of the net proceeds from this offering to satisfy our obligations to one of our joint venture partners related to the conversion of its joint venture equity interests; (4) the issuance of 518,036 aggregate shares of our common stock to two of our joint venture partners who are converting their joint venture equity interests into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering; (5) the issuance of 481,680 shares of our common stock upon conversion of outstanding key employee equity participation units, or KEEP Units, which will occur automatically upon the completion of this offering; and (6) the grant of 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock pursuant to our 2005 Director Compensation Plan upon completion of this offering. The as adjusted summary financial data is not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated financial position would have been had this offering been completed as of the dates indicated, nor is such data necessarily indicative of our consolidated financial position as of any future date.

6


Table of Contents

                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
                                       
Net service revenue
  $ 48,950     $ 72,365     $ 122,980     $ 25,980     $ 37,536  
Cost of service revenue
    23,438       37,146       63,249       13,911       19,629  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross margin
    25,512       35,219       59,731       12,069       17,907  
General and administrative expenses
    16,430       24,761       37,926       7,609       10,833  
Impairment loss
          31                    
Equity-based compensation expense(1)(2)
    124       864       1,788       817       504  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    8,958       9,563       20,017       3,643       6,570  
Interest expense
    1,135       1,226       1,189       343       303  
Non-operating (income) loss, including gain on sales of assets
    (124 )     (106 )     150       (183 )     (518 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    7,947       8,443       18,678       3,483       6,785  
Income tax expense
    2,139       2,320       5,605       1,134       2,037  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    2,699       2,837       4,046       930       1,461  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
    3,109       3,286       9,027       1,419       3,287  
Loss from discontinued operations, net
    (267 )     (443 )     (26 )     (49 )      
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                312       312        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 2,842     $ 2,843     $ 9,313     $ 1,682     $ 3,287  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — basic(3):
                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.27     $ 0.75     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.77     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — diluted(3):
                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.74     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.76     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares outstanding(3):
                                       
 
Basic
    11,926,226       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154  
 
Diluted
    12,084,538       12,114,675       12,145,150       12,113,752       12,207,532  

7


Table of Contents

                                 
As of December 31, As of March 31, 2005


2003 2004 Actual As Adjusted




(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                               
Cash
  $ 1,725     $ 2,911     $ 1,708     $ 25,931  
Total assets
    27,915       47,519       56,382       89,694  
Total debt
    12,277       18,275       18,126       1,717  
Total stockholders’ equity
    6,909       16,351       19,535       73,116  

(1)  Equity-based compensation expense is allocated as follows:

                                         
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cost of service revenue
  $     $ 5     $ 58     $ 13     $ 19  
General and administrative expenses
    124       859       1,730       804       485  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total equity-based compensation expense
  $ 124     $ 864     $ 1,788     $ 817     $ 504  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(2)  Based on the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, upon the completion of this offering we will incur a final, non-recurring equity-based compensation charge relating to the outstanding KEEP Units under our Key Employee Equity Participation Plan, or KEEP Plan, in the amount of approximately $3.4 million ($1.7 million net of taxes), recorded in the reporting period the offering is completed. For a description of our KEEP Plan, see “Management — Employee Benefit Plans — 2003 Key Employee Equity Participation Plan.” Additionally, upon the completion of this offering, we will incur a charge of $98,000 ($61,000 net of taxes) related to the vested restricted common stock.
 
(3)  All references to shares and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect our incorporation in the State of Delaware and to give effect to a three-for-two stock split with respect to our common stock as if such events occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

          You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before making a decision to buy our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materialize, our business, financial condition or consolidated results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

More than 80% of our net service revenue is derived from Medicare. If there are changes in Medicare rates or methods governing Medicare payments for our services, or if we are unable to control our costs, our net service revenue and net income could decline materially.

          For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005, we received 82.8%, 83.1%, 84.6% and 81.5%, respectively, of our net service revenue from Medicare. Reductions in Medicare rates or changes in the way Medicare pays for services could cause our net service revenue and net income to decline, perhaps materially. Reductions in Medicare reimbursement could be caused by many factors, including:

  •  administrative or legislative changes to the base rates under the applicable prospective payment systems;
 
  •  the reduction or elimination of annual rate increases;
 
  •  the imposition or increase by Medicare of mechanisms, such as co-payments, shifting more responsibility for a portion of payment to beneficiaries;
 
  •  adjustments to the relative components of the wage index used in determining reimbursement rates;
 
  •  changes to case mix or therapy thresholds;
 
  •  the reclassification of home health resource groups or long-term care diagnosis-related groups; or
 
  •  further limitations on referrals to long-term acute care hospitals from host hospitals.

          We generally receive fixed payments from Medicare for our services based on the level of care provided to our patients. Consequently, our profitability largely depends upon our ability to manage the cost of providing these services. Medicare currently provides for an annual adjustment of the various payment rates, such as the base episode rate for our home nursing services, based upon the increase or decrease of the medical care expenditure category of the Consumer Price Index, which may be less than actual inflation. This adjustment could be eliminated or reduced in any given year. Our base episode rate for home nursing services is also subject to an annual market basket adjustment. MedPAC has recommended that a recent 2.0% increase in the market basket adjustment be eliminated. Further, Medicare routinely reclassifies home health resource groups and long-term care diagnosis-related groups. As a result of those reclassifications, we could receive lower reimbursement rates depending on the case mix of the patients we service. If our cost of providing services increases by more than the annual Medicare price adjustment, or if these reclassifications result in lower reimbursement rates, our net income could be adversely impacted.

9


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive government regulation. Any changes in the laws governing our business, or the interpretation and enforcement of those laws or regulations, could cause us to modify our operations and could negatively impact our operating results.

          As a provider of healthcare services, we are subject to extensive regulation on the federal, state and local levels, including with regard to:

  •  agency, facility and professional licensure, certificates of need and permits of approval;
 
  •  conduct of operations, including financial relationships among healthcare providers, Medicare fraud and abuse, and physician self-referral;
 
  •  maintenance and protection of records, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA;
 
  •  environmental protection, health and safety;
 
  •  certification of additional agencies or facilities by the Medicare program; and
 
  •  payment for services.

          The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, regulate how we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with patients and other providers. These laws and regulations, and their interpretations, are subject to frequent change. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations could increase our costs of doing business and cause our net income to decline. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs.

          We are subject to various routine and non-routine governmental reviews, audits, and investigations. In recent years federal and state civil and criminal enforcement agencies have heightened and coordinated their oversight efforts related to the healthcare industry, including with respect to referral practices, cost reporting, billing practices, joint ventures and other financial relationships among healthcare providers. A violation or change in the interpretation of the laws governing our operations, or changes in the interpretation of those laws, could result in the imposition of fines, civil or criminal penalties, the termination of our rights to participate in federal and state-sponsored programs, or the suspension or revocation of our licenses to operate. If we become subject to material fines or if other sanctions or other corrective actions are imposed upon us, we may suffer a substantial reduction in net income.

If any of our agencies or facilities fail to comply with the conditions of participation in the Medicare program, that agency or facility could be terminated from Medicare, which would adversely affect our net service revenue and net income.

          Our agencies and facilities must comply with the extensive conditions of participation in the Medicare program. These conditions of participation vary depending on the type of agency or facility, but in general require our agencies and facilities to meet specified standards relating to personnel, patient rights, patient care, patient records, administrative reporting and legal compliance. If an agency or facility fails to meet any of the Medicare conditions of participation, that agency or facility may receive a notice of deficiency from the applicable state surveyor. If that agency or facility then fails to institute and comply with a plan of correction to correct the deficiency within the time period provided by the state surveyor, that agency or facility could be terminated from the Medicare program. We respond in the ordinary course to deficiency notices issued by state surveyors, and none of our facilities or agencies have ever been terminated from the Medicare program for failure to comply with the conditions of participation. Any termination of one or more of our agencies or facilities from the Medicare program for failure to satisfy the Medicare conditions of participation would affect adversely our net service revenue and net income.

          In addition, if our long-term acute care hospitals fail to meet or maintain the standards for Medicare certification as long-term acute care hospitals, such as for average minimum length of patient stay, they will receive reimbursement under the prospective payment system applicable to general acute

10


Table of Contents

care hospitals rather than the system applicable to long-term acute care hospitals. Payments at rates applicable to general acute care hospitals would likely result in our long-term acute care hospitals receiving less Medicare reimbursement than they currently receive for their patient services. Moreover, all of our long-term acute care hospitals are subject to additional Medicare criteria because they operate as separate hospitals located in space leased from, and located in, a general acute care hospital, known as a host hospital. This is known as a “hospital within a hospital” model. These additional criteria include requirements concerning financial and operational separateness from the host hospital. If several of our long-term acute care hospitals were subject to payment as general acute care hospitals or fail to comply with the separateness requirements, our net service revenue and net income would decline.

CMS has adopted new regulations that could materially and adversely impact the revenue and net income of our long-term acute care hospitals.

          In August 2004, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, adopted new regulations that implement significant changes affecting our long-term acute care hospitals. Among other things, these new regulations, effective for hospital cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 2004, mandate that long-term acute care hospitals operating in the hospital within a hospital model receive lower rates of reimbursement for Medicare admissions from their host hospitals that are in excess of specified percentages. For new long-term acute care hospitals opened after October 1, 2004 located within hospitals, the Medicare admissions limitation will be 25.0% for hospitals located in a Metropolitan Statistical Area, or MSA, and 50.0% for hospitals located in a non-MSA. This means a new long-term acute care hospital located within a hospital will receive lower rates of reimbursement for patients admitted from their host hospitals in excess of 25.0%, or 50.0% if located in a non-MSA.

          For existing long-term acute care hospitals within hospitals and those under development that meet specified criteria, the Medicare admissions limitations are being phased in over a four-year period starting with hospital cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and also provide for different percentages of allowable admissions based on whether the facilities are located in MSAs or non-MSAs. Further, for cost reporting periods beginning prior to October 1, 2007, the Medicare admissions limitation for each existing long-term acute care hospital is the lesser of the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from its host hospital during its 2004 cost reporting period or the amount set forth in the table below.

                 
Allowable Admissions
From Host Hospital
Before Payment
Reduction

Cost Report Period Beginning MSAs Non-MSAs



Until September 30, 2005
    100.0%       100.0%  
October 1, 2005 – September 30, 2006
    75.0%       75.0%  
October 1, 2006 – September 30, 2007
    50.0%       50.0%  
October 1, 2007 – and thereafter
    25.0%       50.0%  

          Of our five long-term acute care hospital locations, four are physically located in a non-MSA. Of these four locations, one is a satellite location of a parent hospital that is located in a MSA. Based on our discussions with CMS, we believe this satellite location will be viewed as being located in a non-MSA regardless of the location of its parent hospital and will be treated independently from its parent for purposes of calculating its compliance with the admissions limitations. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, on an individual basis, none of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted less than 50.0% of its patients from its host hospital, four of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted between 50.0% and 75.0% of their patients from their host hospitals and one of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted more than 75.0% of its patients from its host hospital. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, four of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted a higher percentage of their patients from their host hospitals than the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from their host hospitals in the 2004 cost reporting year.

11


Table of Contents

          Our ability to quantify the potential reduction in our reimbursement rates resulting from the implementation of these new regulations is contingent upon a variety of factors, such as our ability to reduce the percentage of admissions that are derived from our host hospitals and, if necessary, our ability to relocate our existing long-term acute care hospitals to freestanding locations. We may not be able to successfully restructure or relocate these operations without incurring significant expense or in a manner that avoids reimbursement reductions. If these new regulations result in lower reimbursement rates, our net service revenue and net income could decline. As a result of these new rules, we do not intend to expand the number of hospital within a hospital long-term acute care hospitals that we operate.

          We are reimbursed by Medicare for services we provide in our long-term acute care hospitals based on the long-term care diagnosis-related group assigned to each patient. CMS establishes these long-term care diagnosis-related groups by grouping diseases by diagnosis, which group reflects the amount of resources needed to treat a given disease. These new rules reclassify certain long-term care diagnosis-related groups, which could result in a decrease in reimbursement rates. Further, the new rules kept in place the financial penalties associated with the failure to limit the total number of Medicare patients discharged to a host hospital and subsequently readmitted to a long-term acute care hospital located within the host hospital to no greater than 5.0%. If we fail to comply with these readmission rates or if our reimbursement rates decline due to the reclassification of certain long-term care diagnosis-related groups, our net service revenue and net income could decline.

Legislative initiatives could negatively impact our operations and financial results.

          In recent years, an increasing number of legislative initiatives have been introduced or proposed in Congress and in state legislatures that would result in major changes in the healthcare system, either at the national or state level. Many of these proposals have been introduced in an effort to reduce costs. For example, the Medicare Modernization Act of December 2003, or MMA, allocated significant additional funds to Medicare managed care providers in order to promote greater participation in those plans by Medicare beneficiaries. If these increased funding levels achieve their intended result, the rate of growth in the Medicare fee-for-service market could decline. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, we received 82.8%, 83.1%, 84.6% and 81.5%, respectively, of our net service revenue from the Medicare fee-for-service market. Among other proposals that have been introduced are insurance market reforms to increase the availability of group health insurance to small businesses, requirements that all businesses offer health insurance coverage to their employees and the creation of government health insurance or plans that would cover all citizens and increase payments by beneficiaries. We cannot predict whether any of the above proposals, or any other future proposals, will be adopted. If adopted, we could be forced to expend considerable resources to comply with and implement such reforms.

More than 80% of our net service revenue is currently generated in Louisiana, making us particularly sensitive to economic and other conditions in that state.

          Our Louisiana agencies and facilities accounted for approximately 92.3%, 89.0%, 82.8% and 83.8% of our net service revenue during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. Any material change in the current economic or competitive conditions in Louisiana, which could result from events such as the implementation of certificate of need regulations or changes in state tax laws, could have a disproportionate effect on our overall business results.

If we are unable to maintain relationships with existing referral sources or establish new referral sources, our growth and net income could be adversely affected.

          Our success depends significantly on referrals from physicians, hospitals, and other healthcare providers in the communities in which we deliver our services. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business to us as a result of the quality of patient service provided by our local employees in the communities in which our agencies and facilities are located. If we are unable to retain these employees, our referral sources may refer business to other healthcare providers. Our loss of, or failure to

12


Table of Contents

maintain, existing relationships or our failure to develop new relationships could affect adversely our ability to expand our operations and operate profitably.

Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.

          Our business is characterized by delays in reimbursement from the time we request payment for our services to the time we receive reimbursement or payment. A portion of our estimated reimbursement (60.0% for an initial episode of care and 50.0% for subsequent episodes of care) for each Medicare episode is billed at the commencement of the episode and we typically receive payment within approximately 12 days. The remaining reimbursement is billed upon completion of the episode and is typically paid within 14-17 days from billing date. If we have information system problems or issues arise with Medicare or other payors, we may encounter further delays in our payment cycle. For example, in the past we have experienced delays resulting from problems arising out of the implementation by Medicare of new or modified reimbursement methodologies or as a result of natural disasters, such as hurricanes. We have also experienced delays in reimbursement resulting from our implementation of new information systems related to our accounts receivable and billing functions. Any future timing delay may cause working capital shortages. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our consolidated results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not successfully negate this risk. Significant delays in payment or reimbursement could have an adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition.

Future cost containment initiatives undertaken by private third party payors may limit our future net service revenue and net income.

          Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs may affect our net income. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with hospitals and other healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend may continue and may limit reimbursements for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, our profit margins may decline, or we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates.

If the structures or operations of our joint ventures are found to violate the law, our financial condition and consolidated results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

          As of March 31, 2005, we have entered into 30 joint ventures for the ownership and operation of 36 home nursing agency locations, one hospice, five long-term acute care hospital locations and two outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Of these 30 joint ventures, 19 are with hospitals, four are with physicians and seven are with other parties. Our joint venture relationships are structured as either equity joint ventures, cooperative endeavors or license leasing arrangements. Our joint ventures with hospitals and physicians are governed by the federal anti-kickback statute and similar state laws. These anti-kickback statutes prohibit the payment or receipt of anything of value in return for referrals of patients or services covered by governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare. The Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services has published numerous safe harbors that exempt qualifying arrangements from enforcement under the federal anti-kickback statute. We have sought to satisfy as many safe harbor requirements as possible in structuring these joint ventures. For example, each of our equity joint ventures with hospitals and physicians is structured in accordance with the following principles:

  •  The investment interest offered is not based upon actual or expected referrals by the hospital or physician.
 
  •  Our joint venture partners are not required to make or influence referrals to the joint venture.
 
  •  At the time the joint venture is formed, each hospital or physician joint venture partner is required to make an actual capital contribution to the joint venture equal to the fair market value of its investment interest and is at risk to lose its investment.

13


Table of Contents

  •  Neither we nor the joint venture entity lends funds to or guarantees a loan to acquire interests in the joint venture for a hospital or physician.
 
  •  Distributions to our joint venture partners are based solely on their equity interests and not affected by referrals from the hospital or physician.

          Although we have sought to satisfy as many safe harbor requirements as possible, our joint ventures may not satisfy all elements of the safe harbor requirements.

          Our four joint ventures with physicians are also governed by the federal Stark Law and similar state laws, which restrict physicians from making referrals for particular healthcare services to entities with which the physicians or their families have a financial relationship. We also believe we have structured our physician joint ventures in a way that meets applicable exceptions under the federal Stark Law and similar state physician referral laws. For example, we believe our one physician joint venture for a home nursing agency complies with the rural provider exception to the Stark Law and that our two physician joint ventures for long-term acute care hospitals comply with the whole hospital exception to the Stark Law.

          If any of our joint ventures were found to be in violation of federal or state anti-kickback or physician referral laws, we could be required to restructure them or refuse to accept referrals from the physicians or hospitals with which we have entered into a joint venture. We also could be required to repay to Medicare amounts we have received pursuant to any prohibited referrals, and we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. If any of our joint ventures were subject to any of these penalties, our business could be damaged. In addition, our growth strategy is, in part, based on the continued development of new joint ventures with rural hospitals for the ownership and operation of home nursing agencies. If the structure of any of these joint ventures were found to violate federal or state anti-kickback statutes or physician referral laws, we may be unable to implement our growth strategy, which could have an adverse impact on our future net income and consolidated results of operations.

If we are required to either repurchase or sell a substantial portion of the equity interests in our joint ventures, our capital resources and financial condition could be materially, adversely impacted.

          Upon the occurrence of fundamental changes to the laws and regulations applicable to our joint ventures, or if a substantial number of our joint venture partners were to exercise the buy/sell provisions contained in many of our joint venture agreements, we may be obligated to purchase or sell the equity interests held by us or our joint venture partners. The purchase price under these buy/sell provisions is typically based on a multiple of the historical or projected earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization of the joint venture at the time the buy/sell option is exercised. In the event the buy/sell provisions are exercised and we lack sufficient capital to purchase the interest of our joint venture partners, we may be obligated to sell our equity interest in these joint ventures. If we are forced to sell our equity interest, we will lose the benefit of those particular joint venture operations. If these buy/sell provisions are exercised and we choose to purchase the interest of our joint venture partners, we may be obligated to expend significant capital in order to complete such acquisitions. If either of these events occur, our net service revenue and net income could decline or we may not have sufficient capital necessary to implement our growth strategy.

Shortages in qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals could increase our operating costs significantly or constrain our ability to grow.

          We rely on our ability to attract and retain qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals. The availability of qualified nurses nationwide has declined in recent years, and competition for these and other healthcare professionals has increased. Salary and benefit costs have risen accordingly. Our ability to attract and retain these nurses and other healthcare professionals depends on several factors, including our ability to provide desirable assignments and competitive benefits and salaries. We may not be able to attract and retain qualified nurses or other healthcare professionals in the future. In addition, the cost of attracting and retaining these professionals and providing them with attractive benefit packages may be higher than anticipated, which could cause our net income to decline. Moreover, if we are unable to

14


Table of Contents

attract and retain qualified professionals, the quality of services offered to our patients may decline or our ability to grow may be constrained.

The loss of certain senior management could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance.

          Our success depends upon the continued employment of certain members of our senior management, including our co-founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Keith G. Myers, our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director, R. Barr Brown, our Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Home-Based Services, Secretary and Director, John L. Indest, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Facility-Based Services, Daryl J. Doise. We have entered into an employment agreement with each of these officers in an effort to further secure their employment. In addition, we have key employee life insurance policies, of which we are the beneficiary, in the amount of $2.0 million, $1.0 million and $500,000 on the lives of Messrs. Myers, Brown and Indest, respectively. The loss of service of any of these officers could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance.

If we are subject to substantial malpractice or other similar claims, our net income could be materially, adversely impacted.

          The services we offer have an inherent risk of professional liability and related, substantial damage awards. We and the nurses and other healthcare professionals who provide services on our behalf may be the subject of medical malpractice claims. These nurses and other healthcare professionals could be considered our agents and, as a result, we could be held liable for their medical negligence. We cannot predict the effect that any claims of this nature, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have on our business or reputation or on our ability to attract and retain patients and employees. We maintain malpractice liability insurance that provides primary coverage on a claims-made basis of $1.0 million per incident and $3.0 million in annual aggregate amounts. In addition, we maintain multiple layers of umbrella coverage in the aggregate amount of $5.0 million that provide excess coverage for professional malpractice and other liabilities. We are responsible for deductibles and amounts in excess of the limits of our coverage. Claims that could be made in the future in excess of the limits of such insurance, if successful, could materially, adversely affect our ability to conduct business or manage our assets. In addition, our insurance coverage may not continue to be available to us at commercially reasonable rates, in adequate amounts or on satisfactory terms.

The application of state certificate of need and permit of approval regulations and compliance with federal and state licensing requirements could substantially limit our ability to operate and grow our business.

          Our ability to expand operations in a state will depend on our ability to obtain a state license to operate. States may have a limit on the number of licenses they issue. For example, as of March 31, 2005 we operated 45 home nursing agencies in Louisiana. Louisiana currently has a moratorium on the issuance of new home nursing agency licenses through July 1, 2008. We cannot predict whether this moratorium will be extended beyond this date or whether any other states in which we currently operate, or may wish to operate in the future, may adopt a similar moratorium.

          In addition to the moratorium imposed by the state of Louisiana, nine of the states in which we currently operate, or plan to operate in the future, require healthcare providers to obtain prior approval, known as a certificate of need or a permit of approval, for the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare facilities, to make certain capital expenditures or to make changes in services or bed capacity. Of the states in which we currently operate, or intend to operate in the future, Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and West Virginia have certificate of need or permit of approval laws. In granting approval, these states consider the need in the service area for additional or expanded healthcare facilities or services. The failure to obtain any requested certificate of need, permit of approval or other license could impair our ability to operate or expand our business.

15


Table of Contents

We face competition, including from competitors with greater resources, which may make it difficult for us to compete effectively as a provider of post-acute healthcare services.

          We compete with local and regional home nursing and hospice companies, hospitals, and other businesses that provide post-acute healthcare services, some of which are large established companies that have significantly greater resources than we do. Our primary competition comes from local operators in each of our markets. We expect our competitors to develop joint ventures with providers, referral sources, and payors, which could result in increased competition. The introduction by our competitors of new and enhanced service offerings, in combination with industry consolidation and the development of competitive joint ventures, could cause a decline in net service revenue, loss of market acceptance of our services, or make our services less attractive. Future increases in competition from existing competitors or new entrants may limit our ability to maintain or increase our market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may have a material, adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or consolidated results of operations.

Our limited operating history as an owner and operator of long-term acute care hospitals could adversely affect our ability to operate them profitably.

          We opened our first long-term acute care hospital in 2001 and today operate three long-term acute care hospitals with five locations. Due to our limited history as an operator of long-term acute care hospitals, we may be unable to profitably manage our existing long-term acute care hospitals or compete with other, more experienced providers in the markets in which we serve. If we are unable to profitably operate our long-term acute care hospitals, our net service revenue and net income may decline.

If we are unable to protect the proprietary nature of our software systems and methodologies, our business and financial condition could be harmed.

          We have developed a proprietary software system, which we refer to as our Service Value Point system, that allows us to collect assessment data, establish treatment plans, monitor patient treatment, and evaluate our clinical and financial performance. In addition, we rely on other proprietary methodologies or information to which others may obtain access or independently develop. To protect our proprietary information, we require certain employees, consultants, financial advisors and strategic partners to enter into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements. These agreements may not ultimately provide meaningful protection for our proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. If our competitors were able to replicate our Service Value Point system, it could allow them to improve their operations and thereby compete more effectively in the markets in which we provide our services. If we are unable to protect the proprietary nature of our Service Value Point system or our other proprietary information or methodologies, our business and financial performance could be harmed.

Failure of, or problems with, our critical software or information systems could harm our business and operating results.

          In addition to our Service Value Point system, we also depend on other non-proprietary third-party accounting and billing software systems. We have recently converted to a third-party software information system for our long-term acute care hospitals. Additionally, we are in the process of consolidating our various home nursing agency databases into an enterprise-wide system, which we expect to fully implement by the second quarter of 2005. As a result of the implementation of this system, we have experienced a one-time delay in processing billings of approximately two to three weeks. Problems with, or the failure of, these systems could negatively impact our clinical performance and our management and reporting capabilities. Any such problems or failure could materially and adversely affect our operations and reputation, result in significant costs to us, cause delays in our ability to bill Medicare or other payors for our services, or impair our ability to provide our services in the future. The costs incurred in correcting any errors or problems with regard to our proprietary and non-proprietary software may be substantial and could adversely affect our net income.

          Our information systems are networked via public network infrastructure and standards based encryption tools that meet regulatory requirements for transmission of protected healthcare information

16


Table of Contents

over such networks. However, threats from computer viruses, instability of the public network on which our data transit relies, or other instances that might render those networks unstable or disabled would create operational difficulties for us, including the ability to effectively transmit claims and maintain efficient clinical oversight of our patients as well as the disruption of revenue reporting and billing and collections management, which could adversely affect our business or operations.

Future acquisitions may be unsuccessful and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.

          Our growth strategy involves the acquisition of home nursing agencies in rural markets. These acquisitions involve significant risks and uncertainties, including difficulties integrating acquired personnel and other corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees or patients of acquired agencies, and the assumption of liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of acquired agencies. We may not be able to fully integrate the operations of the acquired businesses with our current business structure in an efficient and cost-effective manner. The failure to effectively integrate any of these businesses could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

          We generally structure our acquisitions as asset purchase transactions in which we expressly state that we are not assuming any pre-existing liabilities of the seller and obtain indemnification rights from the previous owners for acts or omissions arising prior to the date of such acquisitions. However, the allocation of liability arising from such acts or omissions between the parties could involve the expenditure of a significant amount of time, manpower and capital. Further, the former owners of the agencies and facilities we acquire may not have the financial resources necessary to satisfy our indemnification claims relating to pre-existing liabilities. If we were unsuccessful in a claim for indemnification from a seller, the liability imposed could materially, adversely affect our operations.

Our acquisition and internal development activity may impose strains on our existing resources.

          We have grown significantly over the past three years. As we continue to expand our markets, our growth could strain our resources, including management, information and accounting systems, regulatory compliance, logistics, and other internal controls. Our resources may not keep pace with our anticipated growth. If we do not manage our expected growth effectively, our future prospects could be affected adversely.

We may face increased competition for attractive acquisition and joint venture candidates.

          We intend to continue growing through the acquisition of additional home nursing agencies and the formation of joint ventures with rural hospitals for the operation of home nursing agencies. We face competition for acquisition and joint venture candidates, which may limit the number of acquisition and joint venture opportunities available to us or lead to the payment of higher prices for our acquisitions and joint ventures. Recently, we have observed an increase in the acquisition prices for select home nursing agencies. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify suitable acquisition or joint venture opportunities in the future or that any such opportunities, if identified, will be consummated on favorable terms, if at all. Without successful acquisitions or joint ventures, our future growth rate could decline. In addition, we cannot assure you that any future acquisitions or joint ventures, if consummated, will result in further growth.

We may be unable to secure the additional capital necessary to implement our growth strategy.

          As of March 31, 2005, we had cash of $1.7 million. Based on our current plan of operations, including acquisitions, we believe this amount, when combined with the proceeds of this offering and a revolving line of credit of approximately $20.0 million available under our senior secured credit facility, which, subject to certain conditions, may be increased to $25.0 million, will be sufficient to fund our growth strategy and to meet our currently anticipated operating expenses, capital expenditures and debt service obligations for at least the next 12 months. If our future net service revenue or cash flow from operations is less than we currently anticipate, we may not have sufficient funds to implement our growth strategy. Further, we cannot readily predict the timing, size, and success of our acquisition and internal

17


Table of Contents

development efforts and the associated capital commitments. If we do not have sufficient cash resources, our growth could be limited unless we are able to obtain additional equity or debt financing.

We are a holding company with no operations of our own.

          We are a holding company with no operations of our own. Accordingly, our ability to service our debt and pay dividends, if any, is dependent upon the earnings from the business conducted by our subsidiaries. The distributions of those earnings or advances or other distributions of funds by these subsidiaries to us are contingent upon the subsidiaries’ earnings and are subject to various business considerations. In addition, distributions by subsidiaries could be subject to statutory restrictions, including state laws requiring that the subsidiary be solvent, or contractual restrictions. If our subsidiaries are unable to make sufficient distributions or advances to us, we may not have the cash resources necessary to service our debt or pay dividends.

Risks Related to this Offering

Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates hold a substantial portion of our stock and could exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of the wishes of other stockholders.

          Our executive officers and directors, and individuals or entities affiliated with them, will beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 42.0% of our outstanding common stock immediately following this offering or 39.2% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. The interests of these stockholders may differ from your interests. If they were to act together, these stockholders would be able to significantly influence all matters that our stockholders vote upon, including the election of directors, business combinations, the amendment of our certificate of incorporation and other significant corporate actions.

Certain provisions of our charter, bylaws and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

          Delaware law and our corporate documents contain provisions that may enable our board of directors to resist a change in control of our company. These provisions include:

  •  a staggered board of directors;
 
  •  limitations on persons authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  the authorization of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval; and
 
  •  advance notice procedures required for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

If a significant number of shares of our common stock are sold into the market following the offering, the market value of our common stock could significantly decline, even if our business is doing well.

          Subject to certain exceptions and extensions described in “Underwriting,” we and all of our directors, executive officers and stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. If our existing stockholders sell, or the market perceives that they intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180 day contractual lock-up period and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price.

18


Table of Contents

Our stock price may be volatile and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

          The price at which our common stock will trade may be volatile. The stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of securities, particularly securities of healthcare companies. The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

  •  our operating and financial performance;
 
  •  variances in our quarterly financial results compared to research analyst expectations;
 
  •  the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;
 
  •  future sales of our common stock or the perception that sales could occur;
 
  •  investor perception of our business, acquisitions and our prospects;
 
  •  developments relating to litigation or governmental investigations;
 
  •  changes or proposed changes in healthcare laws or regulations or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters; or
 
  •  general economic and stock market conditions.

In addition, the stock market, and the Nasdaq National Market, or Nasdaq, in particular, has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of healthcare provider companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, securities class-action litigation has often been brought against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their respective securities. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type is often expensive to defend and may divert the attention of our senior management as well as resources from the operation of our business.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

          The initial public offering price of our shares is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a per share price that substantially exceeds the per share value of our tangible assets minus our liabilities. Such investors will also contribute 99.8% of the total amount invested in us, but will own only 28.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding, at the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share. The issuance of shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of our outstanding KEEP Units and the conversion of certain equity interests by our joint venture partners will result in further dilution to our investors.

Our senior management will have broad discretion to spend a large portion of the net proceeds of this offering and may do so in ways with which you do not agree.

          The net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $42.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We have not determined specific uses for a large portion of these net proceeds. Our board of directors and senior management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering and they may apply these proceeds to uses that you may not consider desirable. The failure of management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

          We do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Further, our senior secured credit facility imposes limits on our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our common stock will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the

19


Table of Contents

price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

          As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will incur costs associated with our public company reporting requirements as well as costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq. We expect these requirements to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect to incur significant costs in connection with the assessment of our internal controls. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

If we identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, our business and our stock price could be adversely affected.

          Beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2006, we will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Under Section 404, we will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and report our conclusion in our annual report. Our auditor is also required to report its conclusion regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The existence of one or more material weaknesses would require us and our auditor to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. If there are identified deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence in our financial reporting, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our stock price.

20


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts or that necessarily depend upon future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “potential,” and similar expressions. Specifically, this prospectus contains, among others, forward-looking statements about:

  •  our expectations regarding financial condition or consolidated results of operations for periods after March 31, 2005;
 
  •  our future sources of and need for liquidity and capital resources;
 
  •  our expectations regarding the size and growth of the market for our services;
 
  •  our business strategies and our ability to grow our business;
 
  •  the implementation or interpretation of current or future regulations and legislation;
 
  •  the reimbursement levels of third-party payors; and
 
  •  our discussion of our critical accounting policies.

These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based on assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Many important factors, some of which are discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, could cause actual results or achievements to differ materially from any future results or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Many of the factors that will determine future events or achievements are beyond our ability to control or predict. Important factors that could cause actual results or achievements to differ materially from current expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements include, among others, the factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

          You should read this prospectus and the documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

          The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our views and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no responsibility for updating any forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

          We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

          The net proceeds to us from the sale of the 3,500,000 shares of common stock that we are offering will be approximately $42.8 million, based on the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

          We intend to use approximately $16.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the following indebtedness: (1) $14.7 million outstanding as of March 31, 2005 under our credit facility, bearing interest at prime plus 1.5% and due April 15, 2010, with Residential Funding Corporation; (2) $730,000 of outstanding obligations under our loan agreement, bearing interest at 12.0% and due July 1, 2006, with The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd.; and (3) approximately $935,000 of outstanding indebtedness assumed by us in connection with acquisitions completed by us in 2004. Following this offering and the application of the net proceeds, we do not expect to have any indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facility. During 2004 we borrowed funds under our credit facility with Residential Funding Corporation for acquisitions and general working capital purposes.

          We also intend to use approximately $2.2 million of the net proceeds to satisfy our cash obligations to one of our joint venture partners with respect to its right to convert its equity interests in the joint venture into shares of our common stock and cash upon the consummation of this offering.

          The remaining proceeds of approximately $24.2 million will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, payment of other indebtedness, sales and marketing and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue strategic acquisitions of additional home nursing agencies or larger home nursing operations that would allow us to acquire market share in new and existing markets. We currently have no agreements or commitments for any such acquisitions or joint venture investments. We do have a non-binding letter of intent for the acquisition of home nursing agencies in West Virginia, at a proposed purchase price of approximately $4.5 million. This acquisition is subject to our completion of due diligence, the negotiation of definitive agreements and the receipt of all required regulatory consents. The amounts that we actually expend for these specified purposes may vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including changes in our growth strategy, the amount of our future net service revenue and expenses, and our future cash flow. As a result, we will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering and may spend such proceeds for any purpose, including purposes not presently contemplated.

          Until we use the net proceeds of this offering for the above purposes, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

          For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, we distributed $153,000, $184,000, $445,000 and $88,000, respectively, to our stockholders in the form of cash dividends. We accrued dividends in the amount of $103,000 as of March 31, 2005, which were subsequently paid to our stockholders. Following this offering, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to support the development and growth of our business. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and subject to any requirements under our then existing credit facility.

22


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2005, on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to reflect:

  •  our sale of 3,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share;
 
  •  our application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom in the manner described under “Use of Proceeds”;
 
  •  the issuance of 518,036 aggregate shares of our common stock to two of our joint venture partners, who are converting their joint venture equity interests into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering;
 
  •  the issuance of 481,680 shares of our common stock upon conversion of outstanding KEEP Units, which will occur automatically upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  the issuance of 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock upon the completion of this offering.

You should read this table together with the information under “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations” and “Description of Our Capital Stock,” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                     
As of March 31, 2005

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Cash
  $ 1,708     $ 25,931  
     
     
 
Total debt, including current portion:
               
 
Revolving debt arrangement
  $ 14,744     $  
 
Capital lease obligations
    1,717       1,717  
 
Long-term debt
    935        
 
Long-term debt held by related party
    730        
     
     
 
   
Total debt
  $ 18,126     $ 1,717  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 15,000,004 shares issued; 12,085,154 outstanding; 19,506,720 shares issued as adjusted; 16,591,870 outstanding as adjusted
    121       166  
 
Treasury stock: 2,914,850 shares at cost
    (2,242 )     (2,242 )
 
Additional paid-in capital
    4,421       59,755  
 
Retained earnings(1)
    17,235       15,437  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    19,535       73,116  
     
     
 
   
Total capitalization
  $ 37,661     $ 74,833  
     
     
 

The table above excludes 1,000,000 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, of which options to acquire 11,500 shares and 14,000 unvested shares of restricted common stock will be issued upon completion of this offering.


(1)  The reduction in retained earnings reflected in the March 31, 2005 As Adjusted column results from the equity-based compensation charges relating to the outstanding KEEP Units under our KEEP Plan and the vested restricted common stock that will be issued upon completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering we will incur a final, non-recurring equity-based compensation charge relating to the KEEP Units, in the amount of approximately $3.4 million ($1.7 million net of taxes). Additionally, upon the completion of this offering we will incur a charge of $98,000 ($61,000 net of taxes) relating to the vested restricted common stock.

23


Table of Contents

DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

          The net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2005 was $13.0 million, or $1.08 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2005.

          Our as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2005 would have been $57.5 million, or $3.47 per share, after giving effect to the following: (1) the sale by us of 3,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, at the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share; (2) the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom in the manner described under “Use of Proceeds”; (3) the issuance of 518,036 aggregate shares of our common stock to two of our joint venture partners in connection with the conversion of their joint venture interests into shares of our common stock; (4) the issuance of 481,680 shares of our common stock upon conversion of outstanding KEEP Units, which will occur automatically upon the completion of this offering; and (5) the issuance of 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock upon completion of this offering. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.39 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $10.53 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 14.00  
 
Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2005
    1.08          
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
    2.39          
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
            3.47  
             
 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $ 10.53  

          The following table sets forth, on an as adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2005, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses at the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share.

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders(1)
    13,091,870       78.9%     $ 75,000       0.2 %   $ 0.01  
New investors
    3,500,000       21.1%       49,000,000       99.8 %     14.00  
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total
    16,591,870       100.0%     $ 49,075,000       100.0 %        
     
     
     
     
         


(1)  For purposes of this table, existing stockholders includes our shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2005 plus 518,036 aggregate shares of common stock issuable to two of our joint venture partners upon completion of this offering, 481,680 shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding KEEP Units and the 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock issuable upon completion of this offering.

          Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by our existing stockholders to 11,791,870, or 71.1% (or 11,071,870, or 66.7%, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), of the total number of shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 4,800,000 shares, or 28.9% (or 5,520,000, or 33.3%, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock after the offering.

24


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. We derived the selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2001 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived our selected consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the unaudited consolidated financial data has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial data and includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the unaudited periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005







(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
                                                       
Net service revenue
  $ 16,262     $ 28,208     $ 48,950     $ 72,365     $ 122,980     $ 25,980     $ 37,536  
Cost of service revenue
    11,549       13,466       23,438       37,146       63,249       13,911       19,629  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross margin
    4,713       14,742       25,512       35,219       59,731       12,069       17,907  
General and administrative expenses
    3,975       11,011       16,430       24,761       37,926       7,609       10,833  
Impairment loss
                      31                    
Equity-based compensation expense(1)(2)
          111       124       864       1,788       817       504  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    738       3,620       8,958       9,563       20,017       3,643       6,570  
Interest expense
    144       411       1,135       1,226       1,189       343       303  
Non-operating (income) loss, including gain on sales of assets
          (325 )     (124 )     (106 )     150       (183 )     (518 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    594       3,534       7,947       8,443       18,678       3,483       6,785  
Income tax expense
    149       1,151       2,139       2,320       5,605       1,134       2,037  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    271       1,355       2,699       2,837       4,046       930       1,461  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
    174       1,028       3,109       3,286       9,027       1,419       3,287  
Loss from discontinued operations, net
          (241 )     (267 )     (443 )     (26 )     (49 )      
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                            312       312        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 174     $ 787     $ 2,842     $ 2,843     $ 9,313     $ 1,682     $ 3,287  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

25


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005







(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Earnings per share — basic(3):
                                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.01     $ 0.09     $ 0.26     $ 0.27     $ 0.75     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
          (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                            0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.01     $ 0.07     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.77     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share — diluted(3):
                                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.01     $ 0.08     $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.74     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
          (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                            0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.01     $ 0.06     $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.76     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares outstanding(3)
                                                       
 
Basic
    15,000,004       11,756,423       11,926,226       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154  
 
Diluted
    15,000,004       12,241,912       12,084,538       12,114,675       12,145,150       12,113,752       12,207,532  
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
          .009       .013       .016       .039       .008       .009  
                                                 
As of
As of December 31, March 31,


2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005






(unaudited) (unaudited)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
Cash
  $ 447     $ 132     $ 3,179     $ 1,725     $ 2,911     $ 1,708  
Total assets
    4,636       10,033       21,485       27,915       47,519       56,382  
Total debt
    1,302       6.162       10,542       12,277       18,275       18,126  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    769       (403 )     3,593       6,909       16,351       19,535  


(1)  Equity-based compensation expense is allocated as follows:

                                                         
Three
Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005







(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cost of service revenue
  $     $     $     $ 5     $ 58     $ 13     $ 19  
General and administrative expenses
          111       124       859       1,730       804       485  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total equity-based compensation expense
  $     $ 111     $ 124     $ 864     $ 1,788     $ 817     $ 504  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

26


Table of Contents

(2)  At the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, upon the completion of this offering we will incur a final, non-recurring equity-based compensation charge relating to the outstanding KEEP Units under our KEEP Plan in the amount of $3.4 million ($1.7 million net of taxes), recorded in the reporting period the offering is completed. Additionally, upon completion of this offering, we will incur a charge of $98,000 ($61,000 net of taxes) relating to the vested restricted common stock.
 
(3)  All references to shares and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect our incorporation in the State of Delaware and to give effect to a three-for-two stock split with respect to our common stock as if such events occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

27


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based on assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Many important factors could cause actual results or achievements to differ materially from any future results or achievements expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. A number of these important factors are described under “Risk Factors.”

Overview

          We provide post-acute healthcare services primarily to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. We provide these post-acute healthcare services through our home nursing agencies, hospices, long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Since our founders began operations in 1994 with one home nursing agency in Palmetto, Louisiana, we have grown to 85 locations in Louisiana, Alabama, Arkansas, Mississippi and Texas as of March 31, 2005.

Segments

          We operate in two segments for financial reporting purposes: home-based services and facility-based services. We derived 67.5% of our net service revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 68.7% of our net service revenue during the year ended December 31, 2004 from our home-based services segment and derived the balance of our net service revenue from our facility-based services segment.

          Through our home-based services segment we offer a wide range of services, including skilled nursing, private duty nursing, physical, occupational, and speech therapy, medically-oriented social services, and hospice care. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated 63 home nursing locations, of which 56 were Medicare-certified, and three Medicare-certified hospices. Of these 66 home-based services locations, 29 are wholly-owned by us and 37 are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint ventures. We also manage the operations of four home nursing agencies and two hospices in which we have no ownership interest. We intend to increase the number of home nursing agencies that we operate through continued acquisition and development, primarily in underserved rural markets, as we implement our growth strategy. As we acquire and develop home nursing agencies, we anticipate the percentage of our net service revenue and operating income derived from our home-based services segment will increase.

          We provide facility-based services principally through our long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated three long-term acute care hospitals with five locations, all located within host hospitals, one short-term acute care hospital and one inpatient rehabilitation facility. We intend to convert the short-term acute care hospital and inpatient rehabilitation facility into long-term acute care hospitals. We also owned and operated five outpatient rehabilitation clinics and provided contract rehabilitation services to third parties. Of these 12 facility-based services locations, five are wholly-owned by us and seven are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint ventures. We also manage the operations of one inpatient rehabilitation facility in which we have no ownership interest. Because of the recent changes in the regulations applicable to long-term acute care hospitals operated as hospitals within hospitals, we do not intend to expand the number of hospital within a hospital long-term acute care hospitals that we operate. However, we will consider the development of freestanding long-term acute care hospitals in those markets where we have an established home nursing agency location. Due to our emphasis on expansion through the acquisition and development of home nursing agencies, we anticipate that the percentage of our net service revenue and operating income derived from our facility-based services segment will decline.

28


Table of Contents

Development Activities

          From January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2005, we acquired all or a majority of the economic interests in 27 home nursing agencies for a total consideration of approximately $2.8 million: 19 in Louisiana, two in Alabama, five in Mississippi and one in Texas. During this same period, we also internally developed 19 home nursing agencies: eight in Louisiana, eight in Mississippi and three in Texas. Also from January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2005, we acquired all or a majority of the economic interests in three hospices, all located in Louisiana, for approximately $212,000 and internally developed a hospice in Mississippi.

          From January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2005, we acquired all or a majority of the economic interests in two long-term acute care hospital locations and three outpatient rehabilitation clinics located in Louisiana for approximately $3.6 million. During this same period, we internally developed four long-term acute care hospital locations, one short-term acute care hospital, two inpatient rehabilitation facilities and two outpatient rehabilitation clinics located in Louisiana. Since January 2002, we have expanded the number of licensed beds at our long-term acute care hospital locations, short-term acute care hospitals and inpatient rehabilitation facilities from 22 beds to 153 beds as of March 31, 2005.

          In February 2004, we sold three hospices, two in Louisiana and one in Mississippi, and one home nursing agency in Louisiana for $500,000. Also in February 2004, we sold one inpatient rehabilitation facility located in Louisiana for $129,000 and closed one outpatient rehabilitation clinic and one long-term acute care hospital, both located in Louisiana. In October 2004, we closed one home nursing agency and one outpatient rehabilitation clinic. In December 2004, we closed one home nursing agency. Typically, we sold or closed these locations because they were not performing according to our expectations.

          The following table is a summary of our acquisitions, divestitures and internal development activities from January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2005. This table does not include the seven management services agreements under which we manage the operations of four home nursing agencies, two hospices and one inpatient rehabilitation facility.

                                   
Long-Term Acute Care
Hospitals, Short-term
Acute Care Hospitals Outpatient
Home Nursing and Inpatient Rehabilitation
Year Agencies Hospices Rehabilitation Facilities Clinics





Total at January 1, 2001
    20       2             2  
 
Developed
    1             1        
 
Acquired
    10       1              
     
     
     
     
 
Total at January 1, 2002
    31       3       1       2  
 
Developed
    1             2        
 
Acquired
    7       1              
     
     
     
     
 
Total at January 1, 2003
    39       4       3       2  
 
Developed
    7       1       2       2  
 
Acquired
    2       1       2        
     
     
     
     
 
Total at January 1, 2004
    48       6       7       4  
 
Developed
    10             2        
 
Acquired
    7                   3  
 
Divested/Closed
    (3 )     (3 )     (2 )     (2 )
     
     
     
     
 
Total at January 1, 2005
    62       3       7       5  
 
Developed
                       
 
Acquired
    1                    
     
     
     
     
 
Total at March 31, 2005
    63       3       7       5  

29


Table of Contents

Sources of Revenue by Payor

          We receive payments for our services rendered to patients from Medicare, state Medicaid programs, commercial insurers and managed care organizations and from our patients directly. From all sources except Medicare, reimbursement is typically billed and recorded as services are rendered based upon discounts from established rates and revenue. We generally receive fixed payments from Medicare and Medicaid for our services based upon the level of care provided to our patients. Consequently, our net income largely depends upon our ability to manage the cost of providing these services. Reductions in amounts paid by government programs for our services or changes in methods or regulations governing such payments could cause our net service revenue and net income to materially decline.

          The following table sets forth the percentage of our net service revenue earned by category of payor for each of our last three fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005:

                                           
Three Months
Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Payor 2002 2003 2004 2004 2005






Medicare
    82.8 %     83.1 %     84.6 %     85.3 %     81.5 %
Medicaid
    3.8       5.1       4.6       5.6       8.0  
Other
    13.4       11.8       10.8       9.1       10.5  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net service revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Medicare

          Home Nursing. We are reimbursed for our home nursing services under the Medicare prospective payment system based on episodes of care. An episode of care is defined as a length of care up to 60 days with multiple continuous episodes allowed. A base episode payment is established by Medicare through federal legislation. The base episode payment is adjusted based on case mix, the applicable geographic wage index, high or low utilization (either expected or unexpected), intervening events and other factors. The base episode payment will remain constant regardless of the costs we incur to provide care and covers all aspects of service plus reimbursement for medical supplies, within the scope of the home health benefit received.

          We recognize revenue when services are provided based on the number of days elapsed during the episode. We periodically perform payment variance analysis to verify that the models utilized in projecting total net service revenue accurately reflect the payments received.

          A portion of reimbursement for each Medicare episode is billed, and cash is typically received, before all services are rendered. The estimated episode payment is billed at the commencement of the episode. At initial billing, 60.0% of the estimated reimbursement is received for the initial episode of care and 50.0% is received for subsequent episodes of care. The remaining reimbursement is received upon completion of the episode. It is important to note that although every effort is made to accurately report Medicare net reimbursement, Medicare rates are subject to change. Due to the length of our episodes of care, the situation may arise where Medicare rate changes affect a prior period’s net service revenue.

          The current base payment rate for Medicare home nursing is $2,264. Since the inception of the prospective payment system in October 2000, the base episode rate payment has varied due to both the impact of annual market basket based increases and Medicare-related legislation. The passage of the MMA resulted in two changes in Medicare reimbursement. First, for episodes ended on or after April 1, 2004 through December 31, 2006, the base episode rate increase has been reduced by 0.8%. Secondly, a 5.0% payment increase is provided for services furnished in a non-MSA setting for episodes ending on or after April 1, 2004 and before April 1, 2005. Based on the Medicare definition of a non-MSA setting, only a portion of our patients qualify for this payment increase. Approximately 41.8% and 38.9%, respectively,

30


Table of Contents

of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005 was derived from patients who reside in a non-MSA.

          Effective January 1, 2005, the “market basket adjustment” was increased by approximately 2.0% (net of the 0.8% reduction referred to above). The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, or MedPAC, has recommended to Congress that the increase be eliminated. MedPAC is an independent federal body established to advise Congress on issues affecting the Medicare program. We cannot predict the timing or the magnitude of any changes recommended by MedPAC.

          Hospice. Medicare reimburses for hospice care using a prospective payment system. Under that system, we receive one of four predetermined daily or hourly rates based upon the level of care we furnish to the beneficiary. These rates are subject to annual adjustments based on inflation and geographic wage considerations. We currently receive between $105.22 and $111.32 per day for routine home care, depending on the geographic location. On October 1, 2003 and October 1, 2004, the base Medicare payment rates for hospice increased by approximately 3.4% and 3.3%, respectively, over the base rate previously in effect. These rates were further adjusted geographically by the hospice wage index. Overall payments by Medicare to us for hospice services are subject to caps calculated by the Medicare fiscal intermediary at the end of the hospice cap period, which runs from November 1st of each year to October 31st of the following year. If one of our hospices were to exceed the caps, it could have an adverse impact on the net service revenue generated by our hospice operations. None of our hospice locations exceeded the caps during 2002, 2003, 2004 or during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

          Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals. We are reimbursed for services rendered by our long-term acute care hospitals under a Medicare prospective payment system. Under this system, each discharged patient is assigned to a distinct long-term care diagnosis-related group, and our long-term acute care hospitals are generally paid a pre-determined, fixed amount applicable to the assigned long-term care diagnosis-related group (adjusted for area wage differences).

          Effective for discharges on or after October 1, 2004, CMS has published the new relative weights applicable to the long-term care diagnosis-related group system. We have modeled our historical diagnosis-related group utilization and applied the new relative weights to determine the financial impact of this update. After conducting this analysis, and assuming that utilization remains the same, we have determined that the relative weight changes could increase our net service revenue by almost 2.0%.

          In August 2004, CMS announced final regulatory changes applicable to long-term acute care hospitals operated as hospitals within hospitals. Effective October 1, 2004, the final rule, subject to certain exceptions, imposes lower rates of reimbursement on long-term acute care hospitals within hospitals whose Medicare admissions from their host hospitals are in excess of specified percentages. In order to minimize the more significant impact of the rule after October 1, 2006, when the limitation on Medicare host admissions drops to 50.0%, we intend, during the intervening period, to reevaluate our business plan in each of our markets where we have long-term acute care hospitals and develop appropriate strategies to adapt to the rule.

          Outpatient Rehabilitation. Outpatient therapy services are reimbursed on a fee schedule, subject to annual limitations. Outpatient therapy service providers receive a fixed fee for each procedure performed, adjusted by the geographical area in which the outpatient rehabilitation clinic is located.

 
Medicaid

          Medicaid fee-for-service rates are published by the various state Medicaid programs. Net service revenue for our Medicaid population is recognized at the time that services are rendered. Because Medicaid applies a fee-for-service payment methodology, as opposed to the case rate payment methodology of the Medicare system, we are able to recognize the exact amount expected from the Medicaid program in any given reporting period at the time that services are rendered.

31


Table of Contents

 
Other

          Other payor sources include commercial insurance, managed care organizations, private payors and patients. Similar to Medicaid, net service revenue from these payor sources is recognized at the time services are rendered because most of our commercial insurance and managed care payment arrangements are fee-for-service in nature.

Components of Expenses

 
Cost of Service Revenue

          Our cost of service revenue consists primarily of the following expenses incurred by our clinical and clerical personnel in our agencies and facilities:

  •  salaries and related benefits;
 
  •  transportation, primarily mileage reimbursement; and
 
  •  supplies and services, including payments to contract therapists.

 
General and Administrative Expenses

          Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of the following expenses incurred by our home office and administrative field personnel:

  •  Home office:

  •  salaries and related benefits;
  •  insurance;
  •  costs associated with advertising and other marketing activities; and
  •  rent and utilities;

  •  Supplies and services:

  •  accounting, legal and other professional services; and
  •  office supplies;

  •  Depreciation; and
 
  •  Provision for bad debts.

 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense

          Under our KEEP Plan certain of our employees were granted KEEP Units. The KEEP Units, which have no exercise price, vest over a five-year period. The KEEP Units function as stock appreciation rights whereby an individual is entitled to receive, on a per unit basis, the increase in estimated fair value, as determined by us, of our units from the date of grant until the date upon which the employee dies, retires or is terminated for any reason other than cause. Accordingly, the KEEP Units are subject to variable accounting until such time as the obligation to the employee is settled. At the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, upon the completion of this offering all obligations relating to our KEEP Units will be settled by conversion into shares of our common stock and we will incur a final, non-recurring equity-based compensation charge in the amount of approximately $3.4 million ($1.7 million net of taxes), recorded in the reporting period the offering is completed.

          In March 2001, an officer of the Company acquired the equivalent of 90,000 shares of our currently outstanding common stock from a significant stockholder in exchange for a non-recourse, prepayable interest bearing note. Under GAAP this transaction must be treated as though the shares were acquired from us. In March 2004, the 90,000 shares were returned to the significant stockholder and the note was cancelled. The officer then acquired 225,000 shares directly from us pursuant to a non-recourse, prepayable interest bearing promissory note. We recorded equity-based compensation expense in relation to these transactions of $111,000 in 2001, $124,000 in 2002, $665,000 in 2003 and $600,000 in 2004. In

32


Table of Contents

June 2004, the 225,000 shares were returned and the note was cancelled. We issued 225,000 KEEP Units to replace these shares as of December 31, 2004. Future equity-based compensation expense will be recognized to the extent the fair value of the KEEP Units varies from the cumulative compensation charge of $1.5 million recognized through March 31, 2005. At the initial public offering price of $14.00, such expense will be approximately $1.7 million, which is included in the $3.4 million compensation charge above.

          Our equity-based compensation expense is allocated to our home-based and facility-based services segments in accordance with our home office allocation, which is calculated based on the percentage of our net service revenue contributed by each segment during the applicable period.

 
Discontinued Operations

          During the year ended December 31, 2004, we sold our majority interest in three hospices, our majority interest in an inpatient rehabilitation facility and the rights to operate a home nursing agency in a specific area. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the results of operations of these entities, including the gain on sale and impairment loss, are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income for all periods presented.

Consolidated Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain items included in our consolidated statement of income as a percentage of our net service revenue:

                                           
Three Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





Net service revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of service revenue
    47.9       51.3       51.4       53.5       52.3  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    52.1       48.7       48.6       46.5       47.7  
General and administrative expenses
    33.5       34.3       30.8       29.3       28.9  
Impairment loss
          0.0                    
Equity-based compensation expense
    0.3       1.2       1.5       3.1       1.3  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    18.3       13.2       16.3       14.1       17.5  
Interest expense
    2.3       1.7       1.0       1.3       0.8  
Non-operating (income) loss, including gain on sales of assets
    (0.3 )     (0.1 )     0.1       (0.7 )     (1.4 )
Income tax expense
    4.4       3.2       4.6       4.4       5.4  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    5.5       3.9       3.3       3.6       3.9  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from continuing operations
    6.4 %     4.5 %     7.3 %     5.5 %     8.8 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

33


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, net service revenue, cost of service revenue, general and administrative expenses, equity-based compensation expense and operating income by segment. The table also includes data regarding total admissions and total Medicare admissions for our home-based services segment and patient days and outpatient visits for our facility-based services segment.

                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(in thousands, except for admissions, patient day
and visit data)
Home-Based Services Data:
                                       
 
Net service revenue
  $ 42,443     $ 56,196     $ 84,495     $ 18,110     $ 25,326  
 
Cost of service revenue
    19,745       27,567       41,266       9,338       11,898  
 
General and administrative expenses
    13,388       17,642       26,189       5,207       7,367  
 
Equity-based compensation expense
    87       605       1,252       572       353  
 
Operating income
    9,223       10,351       15,789       2,993       5,708  
 
Total admissions
    10,395       12,606       16,123       3,647       4,504  
 
Total Medicare admissions
    7,150       8,267       11,846       2,709       3,526  
 
Facility-Based Services Data:
                                       
 
Net service revenue
  $ 6,507     $ 16,169     $ 38,485     $ 7,870     $ 12,210  
 
Cost of service revenue
    3,693       9,579       21,983       4,573       7,731  
 
General and administrative expenses
    3,042       7,119       11,737       2,402       3,466  
 
Equity-based compensation expense
    37       259       536       245       151  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (265 )     (788 )     4,228       650       862  
 
Patient days
    4,510       15,368       31,751       7,166       12,470  
 
Outpatient visits
    11,829       6,944       26,322       3,981       9,889  

          The following table shows net service revenue, cost of service revenue, general and administrative expenses, impairment loss, equity-based compensation expense and operating income by segment, expressed as a percentage of each segment’s net service revenue.

                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





Home-Based Services:
                                       
 
Net service revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
Cost of service revenue
    46.5       49.1       48.8       51.6       47.0  
 
General and administrative expenses
    31.5       31.4       31.0       28.8       29.1  
 
Impairment loss
          0.1                    
 
Equity-based compensation expense
    0.2       1.1       1.5       3.2       1.4  
 
Operating income
    21.7       18.4       18.7       16.5       22.5  
 
Facility-Based Services:
                                       
 
Net service revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
Cost of service revenue
    56.8       59.2       57.1       58.1       63.3  
 
General and administrative expenses
    46.7       44.0       30.5       30.5       28.4  
 
Equity-based compensation expense
    0.6       1.6       1.4       3.1       1.2  
 
Operating income (loss)
    (4.1 )     (4.9 )     11.0       8.3       7.1  

34


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2004

 
Net Service Revenue

          Net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $37.5 million, an increase of $11.5 million, or 44.2%, from $26.0 million in 2004. For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, 81.5% and 85.3%, respectively, of our net service revenue was derived from Medicare.

          Home-Based Services. Net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $25.3 million, an increase of $7.2 million, or 39.8%, from $18.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from a 23.5% increase in total admissions to 4,504 in the three months ended March 31, 2005 from 3,647 in the three months ended March 31, 2004. Improvements in case mix and payor mix and an increase in therapy utilization within our home health episodes also contributed to the increase. Approximately $90,000 of this increase was attributable to net service revenue generated from acquisition or internal development activity during 2005. An additional $1.2 million increase in net service revenue was attributable to acquisition or internal development activity during 2004. The remaining increase of approximately $5.9 million reflects our internal growth.

          Facility-Based Services. Net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $12.2 million, an increase of $4.3 million, or 54.4%, from $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from an increase in patient days of 74.0% to 12,470 in the three months ended March 31, 2005 from 7,166 in the three months ended March 31, 2004. Approximately $2.6 million of the increase was attributable to net service revenue generated from acquisition and development activity during 2004. The remaining increase of approximately $1.7 million reflects our internal growth.

 
Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $19.6 million, an increase of $5.7 million, or 41.0%, from $13.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Cost of service revenue represented approximately 52.3% and 53.5% of our net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          Home-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $11.9 million, an increase of $2.6 million, or 28.0%, from $9.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Approximately $2.2 million of this increase resulted from an increase in salaries and benefits. The increase in salaries and benefits expense due to internal growth accounted for approximately $1.6 million of the increase in this category. The remaining increase in salaries and benefits expense of $0.6 million was primarily attributable to 2004 acquisitions. Supplies and services expense and transportation expense contributed $800,000 and $700,000, respectively, to cost of service revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2005 compared to $720,000 and $450,000, respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 2004.

          Facility-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $7.7 million, an increase of $3.1 million, or 67.4%, from $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Approximately $2.3 million of this increase resulted from an increase in salaries and benefits. Of this amount, $1.4 million was incurred as a result of acquisition and internal development activity during 2004. The increase in salaries and benefits expense from internal growth within our facility-based services segment was $900,000. Supplies and services expense contributed approximately $900,000 of the increase in cost of service revenue. Transportation expense decreased approximately $100,000 over the same period.

 
General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $10.8 million, an increase of $3.2 million, or 42.1%, from $7.6 million for the three months ended

35


Table of Contents

March 31, 2004. General and administrative expenses represented approximately 28.9% and 29.3% of our net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

          Home-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $7.4 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 42.3%, from $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. Approximately $1.6 million of this increase resulted from internal growth, $0.5 million was incurred as a result of acquisition or development activity during 2004, and $100,000 resulted from acquisition or development activity during 2005.

          Facility-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2005 were $3.5 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 45.8%, from $2.4 million for the same period in 2004. Approximately $900,000 was attributable to acquisition and internal development activity during 2004. The remaining increase results from internal growth.

 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense

          Equity-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $504,000, a decrease of $313,000 from $817,000 in the same period in 2004. Equity-based compensation expense was higher in the first quarter of 2004 primarily as a result of a mark-to-market valuation that occurred in the first quarter of 2004 with respect to shares held by one of our officers. Of the $504,000 expense incurred in the three months ended March 31, 2005, $19,000 was attributable to cost of service revenue with the remaining $485,000 attributable to general and administrative expenses.

 
Income Tax Expense

          The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 were 38.3% and 44.4%, respectively.

 
Minority Interest and Cooperative Endeavor Allocations

          The minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations expense for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $1.5 million, compared to $900,000 for the same period in 2004. The increase of $600,000 or 66.7% was primarily attributable to internal growth of our facilities and agencies that have minority interests.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
Net Service Revenue

          Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $123.0 million, an increase of $50.6 million, or 69.9%, from $72.4 million in 2003. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, 84.6% and 83.1%, respectively, of our net service revenue was derived from Medicare.

          Home-Based Services. Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $84.5 million, an increase of $28.3 million, or 50.4%, from $56.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from a 27.9% increase in total admissions from 12,606 in the year ended December 31, 2003 to 16,123 in the year ended December 31, 2004. Improvements in case mix and payor mix and an increase in therapy utilization within our home health episodes also contributed to the increase. Approximately $11.9 million of this increase was attributable to net service revenue generated from acquisition or internal development activity during 2003. An additional $4.7 million increase in net service revenue was attributable to acquisition or internal development activity during 2004. The remaining increase of approximately $11.7 million reflects our internal growth.

          Facility-Based Services. Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $38.5 million, an increase of $22.3 million, or 138.0%, from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from an increase in patient days of 106.6% from 15,368 in the year ended December 31, 2003 to 31,751 in the year ended December 31, 2004. Also

36


Table of Contents

contributing to our growth was a 41.2% increase in the aggregate number of licensed beds at our long-term acute care hospitals and inpatient rehabilitation facilities from 97 beds at December 31, 2003 to 137 beds at December 31, 2004. Of these 137 beds, 18 beds were licensed and became available for patient care in late September 2004. Approximately $9.6 million of this increase was attributable to net service revenue generated from acquisition activity during 2003. An additional $4.6 million increase in net service revenue was attributable to acquisition or internal development activity during 2004. The remaining increase of approximately $8.1 million reflects our internal growth.
 
Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $63.2 million, an increase of $26.1 million, or 70.4%, from $37.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cost of service revenue represented approximately 51.4% and 51.3% of our net service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

          Home-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $41.3 million, an increase of $13.7 million, or 49.6%, from $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Approximately $12.5 million of this increase resulted from an increase in salaries and benefits, of which $5.3 million was incurred as a result of acquisition or development activity during 2003. The increase in salaries and benefits expense due to internal growth accounted for approximately $4.9 million of the increase in this category. The remaining increase in salaries and benefits expense was attributable to 2004 acquisitions of $2.3 million. Supplies and services expense and transportation expense contributed $400,000 and $800,000, respectively, to the increase in cost of service revenue. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 represented 48.8% of our net service revenue compared to 49.1% during the year ended December 31, 2003.

          Facility-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $22.0 million, an increase of $12.4 million, or 129.2%, from $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Approximately $7.9 million of this increase resulted from an increase in salaries and benefits. Of this amount, $3.6 million was incurred as a result of acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. Of the remaining $4.3 million increase, $2.5 million resulted from acquisition and development activity during 2004. The increase in salaries and benefits expense from internal growth within our facility-based services segment amounted to $1.8 million. Supplies and services expense contributed approximately $4.5 million of the increase in cost of service revenue. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 represented 57.1% of our net service revenue compared to 59.2% during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $37.9 million, an increase of $13.1 million, or 52.8%, from $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

          Home-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $26.2 million, an increase of $8.6 million, or 48.9%, from $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Approximately $3.6 million of this increase was attributable to acquisition or internal development activity during 2003. Internal growth accounted for approximately $2.6 million and the remaining $2.3 million of the increase in general and administrative expense was due to acquisition and internal development activity during the 2004 period.

          Facility-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $11.7 million, an increase of $4.6 million, or 64.8%, from $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The majority, or $3.3 million, of the increase was attributable equally to the increased acquisition and internal development activity during the 2003 and 2004 periods. Internal growth accounted for approximately $700,000 of the increase. The remaining increase in general and administrative expenses of $600,000 was related to increases of $250,000 and $350,000, respectively, in provision for bad debts expense and depreciation expense. Bad debt expense as a percentage of this segment’s revenue for the year

37


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2004 was 1.3% compared to 0.8% for the same period in 2003. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we increased our allowance for uncollectible accounts due to identified collectibility issues with accounts receivable. We believe that of the $250,000 of the additional bad debt expense recognized in the period, $230,000 of the increase relates to collectibility issues specific to a group of accounts receivable acquired in an acquisition and does not indicate a change in the trend of collections.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense

          Equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $1.8 million, an increase of approximately $900,000 from $864,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was related to the mark-to-market valuation adjustment for the KEEP Units. Of the $1.8 million expense we incurred in the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately $58,000 was attributable to cost of service revenue with the remaining amount attributable to general and administrative expenses.

 
Income Tax Expense

          The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were 38.3% and 41.4%, respectively.

 
Minority Interest and Cooperative Endeavor Allocations

          The minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $4.0 million, an increase of $1.2 million, compared to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was attributable to an acquisition of a long-term acute care hospital in late 2003 with a significant minority interest position.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 
Net Service Revenue

          For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, 83.1% and 82.8%, respectively, of our net service revenue was derived from Medicare. Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $72.4 million, an increase of $23.4 million, or 47.8%, from $49.0 million in 2002.

          Home-Based Services. Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $56.2 million, an increase of $13.8 million, or 32.5%, from $42.4 million in 2002. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from an 21.3% increase in total admissions from 10,395 in year ended December 31, 2002 to 12,606 in the year ended December 31, 2003. Improvements in case mix and payor mix and an increase in therapy utilization within our home health episodes also contributed to the increase. Approximately $10.4 million, or 75.4%, of this increase reflects internal growth. Acquisition and internal development activity during 2003 accounted for the remaining $3.4 million of the increased net service revenue over the comparable period in 2002.

          Facility-Based Services. Net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $16.2 million, an increase of $9.7 million, or 149.2%, from $6.5 million in 2002. The increase in net service revenue resulted in part from an increase in patient days of 240.8% from 4,510 in the year ended December 31, 2002 to 15,368 in the year ended December 31, 2003. Also contributing to our growth was an increase in the aggregate number of licensed beds at our long-term acute care hospitals and inpatient rehabilitation facilities from 28 beds at December 31, 2002 to 97 beds at December 31, 2003. Approximately $4.6 million of this increase reflects internal growth. Acquisition and internal development activity accounted for the remaining $5.1 million of the increased net service revenue over the comparable period in 2002.

 
Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $37.1 million, an increase of $13.7 million, or 58.5%, from $23.4 million in 2002. Cost of service revenue for the year ended

38


Table of Contents

December 31, 2003 represented 51.3% of our net service revenue compared to 47.9% during the year ended December 31, 2002.

          Home-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $27.6 million, an increase of $7.9 million, or 40.1%, from $19.7 million in 2002. Approximately $7.5 million of this increase was attributable to salaries and benefits, of which approximately $5.2 million resulted from internal growth, with the remaining $2.3 million attributable to acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. Supplies and services expense of $400,000 accounted for the remaining increase in cost of service revenue. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 represented 49.1% of our net service revenue compared to 46.5% during the year ended December 31, 2002.

          Facility-Based Services. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $9.6 million, an increase of $5.9 million, or 159.5%, from $3.7 million in 2002. Approximately $4.2 million of this increase was attributable to salaries and benefits, of which $1.8 million resulted from internal growth, the remaining $2.4 million attributable to acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. Supplies and services expense contributed approximately $1.5 million of the increase in cost of service revenue and was attributable to our acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. The remaining increase in cost of service revenue of $200,000 was related to increases in transportation expense. Cost of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 represented 59.2% of our net service revenue compared to 56.8% during the year ended December 31, 2002.

 
General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $24.8 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 51.2%, from $16.4 million in 2002.

          Home-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $17.6 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 31.3%, from $13.4 million in 2002. Approximately $4.1 million of this increase was attributable to home office expenses, of which $2.8 million was attributable to internal growth, with the remaining $1.3 million attributable to our acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. The remaining increase in general and administrative expenses of $149,000 was related to increases in provision for bad debts expense and depreciation expense.

          Facility-Based Services. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $7.1 million, an increase of $4.1 million, or 136.7%, from $3.0 million in 2002. Approximately $3.8 million of this increase was attributable to home office expenses, of which $1.2 million was attributable to internal growth and the remaining $2.6 million was attributable to acquisition and internal development activity during 2003. The remaining increase in general and administrative expenses of $300,000 was related to increases in provision for bad debts expense and depreciation expense.

 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense

          Equity-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $864,000, an increase of $740,000 from $124,000 in 2002. This increase was related to the mark-to-market valuation adjustment for the KEEP Units and the shares of common stock held by one of our officers. Of the $864,000 expense incurred in 2003, only $5,000 was attributable to cost of service revenue with the remaining amount attributable to general and administrative expenses.

 
Income Tax Expense

          The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 were 41.4% and 40.8%, respectively.

39


Table of Contents

 
Minority Interest and Cooperative Endeavor Allocations

          The minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $2.8 million compared to $2.7 million for 2002. The increase of $138,000, or 5.1%, was attributable to internal growth of our facilities and agencies that have minority interests.

Unaudited Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following table presents our operating results for each of the last 13 fiscal quarters through March 31, 2005. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. In our opinion, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. This data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

                                 
Three Months Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2002 2002 2002 2002




(unaudited – in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 10,139     $ 11,977     $ 12,768     $ 14,066  
Cost of service revenue
    4,730       6,002       5,789       6,917  
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    5,409       5,975       6,979       7,149  
General and administrative expenses
    3,493       3,823       4,540       4,574  
Impairment loss
                       
Equity-based compensation expense
    31       31       31       31  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
  $ 1,885     $ 2,121     $ 2,408     $ 2,544  
     
     
     
     
 
                                 
Three Months Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2003 2003 2003 2003




(unaudited – in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 14,708     $ 16,681     $ 17,926     $ 23,050  
Cost of service revenue
    7,482       7,811       9,496       12,357  
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    7,226       8,870       8,430       10,693  
General and administrative expenses
    5,466       5,862       5,877       7,556  
Impairment loss
                      31  
Equity-based compensation expense
    32       88       36       708  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
  $ 1,728     $ 2,920     $ 2,517     $ 2,398  
     
     
     
     
 
                                 
Three Months Ended

March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31,
2004 2004 2004 2004




(unaudited – in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 25,980     $ 29,599     $ 32,379     $ 35,022  
Cost of service revenue
    13,911       14,852       16,652       17,834  
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    12,069       14,747       15,727       17,188  
General and administrative expenses
    7,609       9,212       9,612       11,493  
Impairment loss
                       
Equity-based compensation expense
    817       229       211       531  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
  $ 3,643     $ 5,306     $ 5,904     $ 5,164  
     
     
     
     
 

40


Table of Contents

         
Three Months Ended

March 31, 2005

(unaudited – in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 37,536  
Cost of service revenue
    19,629  
     
 
Gross margin
    17,907  
General and administrative expenses
    10,833  
Impairment loss
     
Equity-based compensation expense
    504  
     
 
Operating income
  $ 6,570  
     
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Our principal source of liquidity for our operating activities is the collection of our accounts receivable, most of which are collected from governmental and third party commercial payors. Our reported cash flows from operating activities are impacted by various external and internal factors, including the following:

  •  Operating Results — Our net income has a significant impact on our operating cash flows. Our net income has increased from $2.8 million in 2002 to $9.3 million in 2004. Over this same period of time, our cash flow provided by operating activities increased from $174,000 in 2002 to $6.6 million in 2004. Any significant increase or decrease in our net income could have a material impact on our operating cash flows.
 
  •  Start Up Costs — Following the completion of an acquisition, we generally incur substantial start up costs in order to implement our business strategy. There is generally a delay between our expenditure of these start up costs and the increase in net service revenue, and subsequent cash collections, which adversely effects our cash flows from operating activities.
 
  •  Timing of Payroll — Our employees are paid bi-weekly on Fridays; therefore, operating cash flows decline in reporting periods that end on a Friday. Conversely, for those reporting periods ending on a day other than Friday, our cash flows are higher because we have not yet paid our payroll.
 
  •  Medical Insurance Plan Funding — We are self funded for medical insurance purposes. Any significant changes in the amount of insurance claims submitted could have a direct impact on our operating cash flows.
 
  •  Medical Supplies — A significant expense associated with our business is the cost of medical supplies. Any increase in the cost of medical supplies, or in the use of medical supplies by our patients, could have a material impact on our operating cash flows.

          Cash used in investing activities is primarily for acquisitions of home nursing agencies and other healthcare facilities and property and equipment, while cash provided by financing activities is derived from the proceeds from our revolving debt arrangement.

          We are a holding company with no operations of our own. Accordingly, our ability to service our debt and pay dividends, if any, is dependent upon the earnings from the business conducted by our subsidiaries. The distributions of those earnings or advances or other distributions of funds by these subsidiaries to us are contingent upon the subsidiaries’ earnings and are subject to various business and legal considerations. If our subsidiaries are unable to make sufficient distributions or advances to us, we may not have the cash resources necessary to service our debt or pay dividends.

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

          Operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2005 provided $319,000 in cash, while these activities used $745,000 in cash during the same three-month period in 2004. For the three

41


Table of Contents

months ended March 31, 2005, cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net income of $3.3 million. Non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, provision for bad debts, equity-based compensation, minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries, deferred income taxes and gain on sale of assets totaled $1.9 million. Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding cash, offset these non-cash charges including an increase in receivables of $10.1 million due primarily to an increase in operations and patient census and the effect of implementing a new revenue, billing and receivable management application, more fully described below. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $3.8 million, reflecting additional payroll and benefits costs and increased operating activity.

          Days sales outstanding, or DSO, for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was 79 days compared to 63 days for the same three month period in 2004. The increase in DSO was primarily due to the implementation of a new revenue, billing and receivable management application at our home nursing agencies. We began implementation in December 2004, and we expect complete installation during the second quarter of 2005. The conversion of a home nursing agency to this application causes a one-time delay in processing billings of approximately two to three weeks. Following the conversion, we expect DSO to return to historical levels. This delay also adversely affected our cash balance at March 31, 2005.

          Investing activities provided $287,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2005, whereas for the three months ended March 31, 2004 investing activities used cash of $610,000. In the three months ended March 31, 2005, cash provided by investing activities was $873,000 from the sale of minority interests in an extended care operation and a pharmacy, offset in part by cash used of $486,000 for the purchases of property and equipment and $100,000 in the acquisition of the operations of an entity.

          Financing activities used $1.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to $1.3 million cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2004. Cash provided by financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2005 were proceeds from debt issuance, lines of credit and revolving debt arrangement of $500,000. Cash used in financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2005 were dividends paid of $88,000, principal payments on debt and capital leases of $649,000, offering costs incurred of $653,000 and minority interest distributions of $919,000.

          At March 31, 2005, we had working capital of $25.7 million compared to $22.2 million at December 31, 2004, an increase of $3.5 million. This increase in working capital was due primarily to increased operating cash flows.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

          Operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2004, provided $6.6 million in cash while these activities provided $830,000 in cash during 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2004, cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net income of $9.3 million. Non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, provision for bad debts, equity-based compensation, minority interest in the earnings of subsidiaries, deferred income taxes, and gain on sales of assets totaled $7.2 million. However, changes in our operating assets and liabilities, excluding cash, offset these non-cash charges including an increase in receivables of $10.9 million due primarily to an increase in operations and patient census. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $1.5 million, reflecting the additional payroll and benefits costs resulting from the 2004 acquisitions.

          Days sales outstanding, or DSO, for the year ended December 31, 2004 was 60 days compared to 65 days in 2003.

          Investing activities used $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, whereas such activities used $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Cash used in investing activities in 2004 is primarily attributed to purchases of property and equipment of $4.1 million and cash used in various 2004 acquisitions of $1.7 million which was partially offset by proceeds from sale of property and entities of $650,000.

42


Table of Contents

          Financing activities used $182,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004, whereas such activities provided $1.5 million during 2003. Cash provided by financing activities in 2004 was primarily attributed to proceeds from issuance of debt, lines of credit and revolving debt arrangements of $6.7 million. These proceeds were more than offset by minority interest distributions of $2.6 million, principal payments on debt and capital leases of $2.1 million, offering costs of $1.7 million, and dividends of $445,000.

          At December 31, 2004 we had working capital of $22.2 million compared to $10.7 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $11.5 million. This improvement in our working capital position was due largely to the improved operating cash flows, which was partially offset by our 2004 acquisitions.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

          Operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2003, provided $830,000 in cash while these activities provided $174,000 in cash during the same period in 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2003, cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to net income of $2.8 million. Non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, provision for bad debts, equity-based compensation, minority interest in the earnings of subsidiaries, deferred income taxes, and gain on sales of assets also totaled $2.8 million. However, changes in our operating assets and liabilities, excluding cash, offset these non-cash charges including an increase in receivables of $4.5 million and an increase in amounts due from governmental entities of $655,000 due primarily to an increase in operations and patient census. Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $534,000 reflecting the additional payroll and benefits costs resulting from the 2003 acquisitions.

          DSO for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 was 69 days and 65 days, respectively.

          Investing activities used $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, whereas such activities used $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Cash used in investing activities in 2003 was primarily attributed to purchases of property and equipment of $2.0 million and cash used in various 2003 acquisitions of $1.9 million.

          Financing activities provided $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, whereas such activities provided $4.1 million during the same period of 2002. Cash provided by financing activities in 2003 was primarily attributed to proceeds from issuance of debt, lines of credit, and revolving debt arrangements of $2.6 million. These proceeds were partially offset by principal payments on debt and capital leases of $1.3 million.

          At December 31, 2003 we had working capital of $10.7 million compared to $8.9 million at December 31, 2002, an increase of $1.8 million. This improvement in our working capital position was due largely to the improved operating cash flows, which was partially offset by our 2003 acquisitions.

 
Indebtedness

          Our total long-term indebtedness was $18.3 million at December 31, 2004 and $18.1 million at March 31, 2005, respectively, including the current portions of $1.6 million and $1.3 million. In April 2005, we entered into an amended and restated senior secured credit facility with Residential Funding Corporation due April 15, 2010. We, together with certain of our subsidiaries, are borrowers under the credit facility. Our obligations and the obligations of our subsidiary borrowers under our credit facility agreement are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets (including the capital stock or other forms of ownership interests we hold in our subsidiaries and affiliates) and the assets of those subsidiaries and affiliates.

          Our credit facility makes available to us up to $20.0 million in revolving loans. The total availability may be increased up to a maximum of $25.0 million, subject to certain terms and conditions. Total availability under our credit facility may be limited from time to time based on the value of our receivables. As of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, $14.3 million and $14.7 million, respectively, was outstanding under our credit facility.

43


Table of Contents

          Interest on outstanding borrowings under our credit facility accrues at a variable base rate (based on Wells Fargo Bank’s prime rate or the federal funds rate), plus a margin of 1.5%.

          Our credit facility contains customary affirmative, negative and financial covenants. For example, we are restricted in incurring additional debt, disposing of assets, making investments, allowing fundamental changes to our business or organization, and making certain payments in respect of stock or other ownership interests, such as dividends and stock repurchases. Financial covenants include requirements that we maintain: a debt to EBITDA ratio of no greater than 1.5 to 1.0 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.4 to 1.0.

          Our credit facility also contains customary events of default. These include bankruptcy and other insolvency events, cross-defaults to other debt agreements, a change in control involving us or any subsidiary guarantor (other than due to this offering), and the failure to comply with certain covenants.

 
Future Funding Requirements

          We believe available borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, together with our cash flows from operations and the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our requirements for at least the next 12 months. To the extent available borrowings and cash flows from operations are insufficient to fund future requirements, we may be required to seek additional financing through increases in the amount available under our credit facility, negotiate credit facilities with other lenders or institutions or seek additional capital through private placements or public offerings of equity or debt securities. No assurances can be given that we will be able to extend or increase the amount available under our credit facility, secure additional bank borrowings or complete additional debt or equity financings on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such financing may be dilutive in ownership, preferences, rights, or privileges to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain funds when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may need to curtail our acquisition and development programs. Our ability to meet our funding needs could be adversely affected if we suffer adverse results of operations, or if we violate the covenants and restrictions to which we will be subject under our credit facility.

 
Contingent Convertible Minority Interests

          During 2004, in conjunction with the acquisition/sale of equity joint venture interests, we entered into agreements with minority interest holders in three of our majority owned subsidiaries that allowed these minority interest holders to put their interests to us in the event we are sold, merged or otherwise acquired or complete an initial public offering, or IPO.

          In two of our majority owned subsidiaries, Acadian Home Health Care Services, LLC, or Acadian, and Hebert and Thibodeaux Physical Therapy, Inc., or Hebert, the put option allows the minority interest holders to either: 1) convert their minority interests into shares of our common stock based upon the minority interest in the respective subsidiaries’ earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, for the twelve months prior to exercise in relation to our aggregate EBITDA over the same period, or 2) redeem their minority interest for cash in an amount equal to five times the respective subsidiaries’ EBITDA for the twelve months prior to exercise times their minority interest percentage.

          In the third majority owned subsidiary, St. Landry Extended Care Hospital, LLC, or St. Landry, the put option allows the minority interest holders to convert their interests into shares of our common stock based upon St. Landry’s EBITDA for the prior fiscal year in relation to our aggregate EBITDA over the same period. The put option can be exercised by the minority interest holders in St. Landry upon the completion of our IPO or the acquisition of us by a publicly traded company. However, due to applicable laws and regulations, the minority interest holders can not convert their interests in St. Landry unless certain conditions are met including, but not limited to, our having stockholders’ equity in excess of $75.0 million at the end of our most recent fiscal year or on average during the previous three fiscal years. If the St. Landry minority interest holders do not or are unable to convert their interests into shares of our common stock, the minority interest holders shall have the option to redeem their interests at any time

44


Table of Contents

following 30 days after an IPO for cash consideration equal to the value of the shares the minority interest holders would have received if they had converted their interests into shares of our common stock multiplied by the average closing price of our shares for the 30 days preceding the date of the minority interest holders’ exercise of the redemption option. Although the St. Landry put rights were not exercisable during 2004, if they had been, the St. Landry minority interest holders would not have received any value under the conversion/redemption options, as St. Landry had negative EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2004, however, St. Landry had positive EBITDA and, therefore, if the put rights become exercisable and are exercised during 2005 by all the minority interest holders, we estimate we would be required to pay approximately $1,177,000 for those interests. Such amount represents the product of the shares the minority interest holders would get if they could convert their interests into shares of our common stock (84,080) and an assumed average trading price of $14.00 for the 30 days preceding the conversion date.

          On September 14, 2004, in order to fix the potential shares to be issued upon the successful completion of an IPO, and to remove the uncertainty regarding the exercise of the put option upon completion of our IPO, we entered into an exchange agreement with the Acadian minority interest holder. The agreement replaced the put option feature related to an IPO with a requirement that the minority interest holder exchange its interest in Acadian upon the closing of the IPO for 450,000 shares of our common stock and cash equal to 153,772 shares of our stock based on the per share public offering price. At our $14.00 public offering price, the minority interest holder will receive approximately $8,453,000 in cash and stock for its interest.

          On November 23, 2004, in order to fix the number of potential shares to be issued upon the successful completion of our IPO, and to remove the uncertainty regarding the exercise of the put option upon completion of our IPO, we entered into an exchange agreement with the Hebert minority interest holders. The agreement replaced the put option feature related to an IPO with a requirement that the minority interest holders exchange their interests in Hebert upon the closing of the IPO for 68,036 shares of our common stock. At our $14.00 public offering price, the minority interest holders will receive approximately $953,000 for their interests.

Commitments

          The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations and the periods in which payments are due as of December 31, 2004:

                                           
Less Than More Than
Contractual Cash Obligation Total 1 Year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5 Years






(in thousands)
Long-term debt (includes line of credit)
  $ 16,434     $ 1,019     $ 15,050     $ 365     $  
Capital lease obligations
    2,061       690       937       334       100  
Operating leases
    10,528       3,581       4,037       1,492       1,418  
 
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 29,023     $ 5,290     $ 20,024     $ 2,191     $ 1,518  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          We do not currently have any off-balance sheet arrangements with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these relationships.

45


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

          As of March 31, 2005, we had cash of $1.7 million, which consisted of highly liquid money market instruments with maturities less than 90 days. Because of the short maturities of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair value of the portfolio. We would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our portfolio.

          Our exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates for borrowings under the new senior secured credit facility we have entered into prior to the completion of this offering. These borrowings are expected to bear interest at variable rates.

Critical Accounting Policies

          We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Accordingly, we make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. In some cases, we could reasonably have used different accounting policies and estimates. Changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from our estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations will be affected. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies and estimates, which we discuss further below.

 
Principles of Consolidation

          Our consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries and entities controlled by us. We define “control” as ownership of a majority of the voting interest of an entity. Our consolidated financial statements also include entities in which we absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of ownership, contractual or other financial interests in the entity.

          The decision to consolidate or not consolidate an entity would not impact our earnings, as we would include our portion of these entities’ profits and losses either through consolidation or the equity method of accounting if we did not consolidate.

          All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Business combinations accounted for as purchases have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

          The following table summarizes the percentage of net service revenue earned by type of ownership or relationship we had with the operating entity:

                                   
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2005




Wholly owned subsidiaries
    48.9 %     50.8 %     41.7 %     29.6 %(1)
Equity joint ventures
    5.0       9.7       40.3       53.2  
Cooperative endeavors
    42.3       31.7       5.3       2.8  
License leasing arrangements
    1.9       5.4       11.1       11.3  
Management services
    1.9       2.4       1.6       3.1  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total net service revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
 

46


Table of Contents


(1)  The decrease in the percentage of net service revenue earned by our wholly owned subsidiaries from 41.7% in the year ended December 31, 2004 to 29.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was due to our sale of 23.5% of the membership interests in one of our long-term acute care hospitals in January 2005. This sale resulted in a change in classification of these revenues from revenues derived from wholly owned subsidiaries to revenues derived from equity joint ventures.

          The following discussion sets forth our consolidation policy with respect to our equity joint ventures, cooperative endeavors, license leasing arrangements and management services agreements.

 
Equity Joint Ventures

          Our equity joint ventures are structured as limited liability companies in which we typically own a majority equity interest ranging from 51.0% to 95.0%. Each member of all but one of our equity joint ventures participates in profits and losses in proportion to their equity interests. We have one equity joint venture partner whose participation in losses is limited. We consolidate these entities, as we absorb a majority of the entities’ expected losses, receive a majority of the entities’ expected residual returns and generally have voting control.

 
Cooperative Endeavors

          We have arrangements with certain partners that involve the sharing of profits and losses. Unlike our equity joint ventures, we own 100.0% of the equity interests in our cooperative endeavors. In these cooperative endeavors, we possess interests in the net profits and losses ranging from 67.0% to 80.0%. We have one cooperative endeavor partner whose participation in losses is limited. We consolidate these entities, as we own 100.0% of the outstanding equity interests, absorb a majority of the entities’ expected losses and receive a majority of the entities’ expected residual returns.

 
License Leasing Arrangements

          We lease, through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, home health licenses necessary to operate certain of our home nursing agencies. As with our wholly owned subsidiaries, we own 100.0% of the equity interests of these entities and consolidate them based on such ownership, as well as our right to receive a majority of the entities’ expected residual returns and our obligation to absorb a majority of the entities’ expected losses.

 
Management Services

          We have various management services agreements under which we manage certain operations of agencies and facilities. We do not consolidate these agencies or facilities, as we do not have an equity interest and do not have a right to receive a majority of the agencies’ or facilities’ expected residual returns or an obligation to absorb a majority of the agencies’ or facilities’ expected losses.

 
Revenue Recognition

          We report net service revenue at the estimated net realizable amount due from Medicare, Medicaid, commercial insurance, managed care payors, patients, and others for services rendered. Under Medicare, our home nursing patients are classified into a home health resource group prior to the receipt of services. Based on this home health resource group we are entitled to receive a prospective Medicare payment for delivering care over a 60 day period. Medicare adjusts these prospective payments based on a variety of factors, such as low utilization, patient transfers, changes in condition and the level of services provided. In calculating our reported net service revenue from our home nursing services, we adjust the prospective Medicare payments by an estimate of the adjustments. We calculate the adjustments based on a rolling average of these types of adjustments for claims paid during the preceding three months. Historically we have not made any material revisions to reflect differences between our estimate of the

47


Table of Contents

Medicare adjustments and the actual Medicare adjustments. For our home nursing services, we recognize revenue based on the number of days elapsed during the episode of care.

          Under Medicare, patients in our long-term acute care facilities are classified into long-term care diagnosis-related groups. Based on this classification, we are then entitled to receive a fixed payment from Medicare. This fixed payment is also subject to adjustment by Medicare due to factors such as short stays. In calculating our reported net service revenue for services provided in our long-term acute care hospitals, we reduce the prospective payment amounts by an estimate of the adjustments. We calculate the adjustment based on a historical average of these types of adjustments for claims paid during the preceding three months. For our long-term acute care hospitals we recognize revenue as services are provided.

          For hospice services we are paid by Medicare under a prospective payment system. We receive one of four predetermined daily or hourly rates based upon the level of care we furnish. We record net service revenue from our hospice services based on the daily or hourly rate. We recognize revenue for hospice as services are provided.

          Under Medicare we are reimbursed for our rehabilitation services based on a fee schedule for services provided adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. We recognize revenue as these services are provided.

          Our Medicaid reimbursement is based on a predetermined fee schedule applied to each service we provide. Therefore, we recognize revenue for Medicaid services as services are provided based on this fee schedule. Our managed care payors reimburse us in a manner similar to either Medicare or Medicaid. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from our managed care payors in the same manner as we recognize revenue from Medicare or Medicaid.

          We record management services revenue as services are provided in accordance with the various management services agreements to which we are a party. The agreements generally call for us to provide billing, management, and other consulting services suited to and designed for the efficient operation of the applicable home nursing agency or inpatient rehabilitation facility. We are responsible for the costs associated with the locations and personnel required for the provision of the services. We are generally compensated based on a percentage of net billings or an established base fee. In addition, for certain of the management agreements, we may earn incentive compensation.

 
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Uncollectible Accounts

          We report accounts receivable net of estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts and adjustments. Accounts receivable are uncollateralized and primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients who receive final bills once all documentation is completed. Using detailed accounts receivable aging reports produced by our billing system, our collections department monitors and pursues payment. We have adopted a charity care policy that provides the criteria a patient must meet in order to be considered indigent and his or her balance considered for write-off. All other accounts that are deemed uncollectible are turned over to an outside collection agency for further collection efforts. To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts to reduce the carrying amount of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The credit risk for concentrations of receivables is limited due to the significance of Medicare as the primary payor. The amount of the provision for bad debts is based upon our assessment of historical and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, trends in government reimbursement and other collection indicators.

          A portion of the estimated Medicare prospective payment system reimbursement from each submitted home nursing episode is received in the form of a request for accelerated payment, or RAP, before all services are rendered. The estimated episodic payment is billed at the commencement of the episode. We receive a RAP for 60.0% of the estimated reimbursement at the initial billing for the initial episode of care per patient and the remaining reimbursement is received upon completion of the episode. For any subsequent episodes of care contiguous with the first episode of care for a patient we receive a RAP for 50.0% of the estimated reimbursement at initial billing. The remaining 50.0% reimbursement is

48


Table of Contents

received upon completion of the episode. We have earned net service revenue in excess of billings rendered to Medicare. Only a nominal portion of the amounts due to the Medicare program represent cash collected in advance of providing services.

          Our Medicare population is paid at a prospectively set amount that can be determined at the time services are rendered. Our Medicaid reimbursement is based on a predetermined fee schedule applied to each individual service we provide. Our managed care contracts are structured similar to either the Medicare or Medicaid payment methodologies. Because of our payor mix, we are able to calculate our actual amount due at the patient level and adjust the gross charges down to the actual amount at the time of billing. This negates the need for an estimated contractual allowance to be booked at the time we report net service revenue for each reporting period.

          At December 31, 2004, our allowance for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of patient accounts receivable, was approximately 4.7%. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, the provision for doubtful accounts increased to 1.9% of net service revenue compared to 1.3% of net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. We do not expect the provision for doubtful accounts, as a percentage of net service revenue, to decline from 2004 levels during 2005, based upon our net service revenue and trends at March 31, 2005. Adverse changes in general economic conditions, billing operations, payor mix, or trends in federal or state governmental coverage could affect our collection of accounts receivable, cash flows and results of operations.

          The following table sets forth our aging of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2005:

                                                           
Payor 0-30 31-60 61-90 91-120 121-150 150+ Total








(in thousands)
Medicare
  $ 16,931     $ 3,832     $ (324 )   $ 1,219     $ 248     $ 1,215     $ 23,121  
Medicaid
    1,061       441       343       219       383       1,274       3,721  
Other
    3,107       1,122       744       393       407       1,822       7,595  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 21,099     $ 5,395     $ 763     $ 1,831     $ 1,038     $ 4,311     $ 34,437  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Intangible Assets

          Goodwill represents substantially all of the intangible assets reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Goodwill is the excess purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net assets we have acquired in business combinations. On June 29, 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which changed the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but are reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, for impairment. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill had been amortized on a straight-line basis over 25 years through December 31, 2001. We adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

          We completed our transitional impairment test under SFAS No. 142 as of January 1, 2002, based on estimated fair value of the business and we determined that no impairment of goodwill existed. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we recorded an impairment loss of $351,000, of which $320,000 was related to the sale of a non-performing subsidiary subsequent to year-end and is included in loss from discontinued operations, net in the consolidated statement of income. We concluded no impairment indicators were present at December 31, 2004 or March 31, 2005.

          We have concluded that licenses to operate home-based and/or facility-based services have indefinite lives, as we have determined that there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic or other factors that would limit the useful life of the licenses and we intend to renew and operate the licenses indefinitely. Accordingly, we have elected to recognize the fair value of these indefinite-lived licences and goodwill as a single asset for financial reporting purposes, as permitted by SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations.

49


Table of Contents

          We estimate the fair value of our identified reporting units and compare those estimates against the related carrying value. For each of the reporting units, the estimated fair value is determined based on a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization or on the estimated fair value of assets in situations when it is readily determinable.

          Components of our home-based services segment are generally represented by individual subsidiaries or joint ventures with individual licenses to conduct specific operations within geographic markets as limited by the terms of each license. Components of our facility-based services are represented by individual operating entities. Effective January 1, 2004 we began aggregating the components of these two segments into two reporting units for purposes of evaluating impairment. Prior to January 1, 2004 we evaluated each operating entity separately for impairment. Modifications to our management of the segments and reporting provided us with a basis to change the reporting unit structure.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

          SFAS No. 123(R) must be adopted no later than January 1, 2006. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. We expect to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006.

          We plan to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

          As permitted by SFAS No. 123(R), we currently account for our KEEP Units as variable awards in accordance with Opinion No. 25 and, as such, record compensation expense for the vested portion of these share-based payments. The adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) will not have an impact on future compensation expense related to the KEEP Units and would not have affected prior periods had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) at an earlier date.

          In conjunction with the successful completion of our initial public stock offering, our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan will become effective. SFAS No. 123(R) will require us to account for share-based payments under their plan using the fair value method. The impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) on compensation expense recognized under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted under this plan in the future.

50


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

          We provide post-acute healthcare services primarily to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. We provide these post-acute healthcare services through our home nursing agencies, hospices, long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Since our founders began operations in 1994 with one home nursing agency in Palmetto, Louisiana, we have grown to 85 locations in Louisiana, Alabama, Arkansas, Mississippi and Texas as of March 31, 2005. We have grown our net service revenue from $28.2 million in 2001 to $123.0 million in 2004, representing a compound annual growth rate of 63.4%. During this same period, our annual net income grew from $787,000 in 2001 to $9.3 million in 2004. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, we reported $37.5 million of net service revenue and $3.3 million of net income. Medicare accounted for 84.6% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 81.5% of our net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005. We have been profitable every year since 1999.

          Our objective is to become the leading provider of post-acute healthcare services to Medicare patients in selected rural markets, which we define as counties that have between 10,000 and 100,000 residents. We believe these markets, which have a higher percentage of Medicare beneficiaries, are underserved relative to urban or suburban markets. We often enter a new market by forming a strategic relationship with a local hospital for, or by acquiring or assuming operation of, an existing hospital-owned home nursing agency that may be underperforming clinically or financially. Upon entering a new market, we implement our clinically-oriented business model that emphasizes improved patient care, strong relationships with local hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers and an expansion in the range of healthcare services available to patients. Our model provides support and clinical guidelines to our local caregivers while promoting treatment flexibility that allows them to effectively address individual patient needs. This decentralized operating model also enhances our ability to expand efficiently into new markets and deliver high-quality care consistently on a cost-effective basis across multiple locations.

          We provide home-based post-acute healthcare services through our home nursing agencies and hospices. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated 63 home nursing locations, of which 56 are Medicare-certified. We also manage the operations of four home nursing locations in which we currently have no ownership interest. Our home nursing locations offer a wide range of services, including skilled nursing, private duty nursing, physical, occupational, and speech therapy and medically-oriented social services. The nurses, home health aides and therapists in our home nursing agencies work closely with patients and their families to design and implement individualized treatment responsive to a physician-prescribed plan of care. We own and operate three Medicare-certified hospices and manage the operations of two hospices in which we currently have no ownership interest. Our hospices provide palliative care to patients with terminal illnesses through interdisciplinary teams of physicians, nurses, home health aides, counselors and volunteers. Of our 66 home-based services locations in which we maintain an ownership interest, 29 are wholly-owned by us and 37 are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint ventures. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005, our home-based services provided $56.2 million, $84.5 million and $25.3 million, respectively, of our net service revenue.

          We provide facility-based post-acute healthcare services through our long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. As of March 31, 2005, we owned and operated three long-term acute care hospitals with five locations, with a total of 120 licensed beds, one short-term acute care hospital, with a total of 18 licensed beds, and one inpatient rehabilitation facility with 15 licensed beds. We plan to convert the short-term acute care hospital and the inpatient rehabilitation facility into long-term acute care hospitals. Additionally, we are in the process of completing the development of a freestanding remote location for one of our long-term acute care hospitals, which we expect to be completed in the third quarter of 2005. Our long-term acute care hospitals, all of which are located within host hospitals, provide services primarily to patients who have transitioned out of a hospital intensive care unit with complex medical conditions that remain too severe for treatment in a non-acute setting. We

51


Table of Contents

provide outpatient rehabilitation services through physical therapists, occupational therapists and speech pathologists at our five outpatient rehabilitation clinics in which we maintain an ownership interest. We also provide outpatient rehabilitation services on a contract basis. In addition, we manage the operations of one inpatient rehabilitation facility in which we have no ownership interest. Of our 12 facility-based services locations in which we maintain an ownership interest, five are wholly-owned by us and seven are majority-owned or controlled by us through joint ventures. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, our facility-based services provided $16.2 million, $38.5 million and $12.2 million, respectively, of our net service revenue.

          Our founders began operations in September 1994 as St. Landry Home Health, Inc. in Palmetto, Louisiana. After several years of expansion, in June 2000, our founders reorganized their business and began operating as Louisiana Healthcare Group, Inc. In March 2001, Louisiana Healthcare Group, Inc. reorganized and became a wholly owned subsidiary of The Healthcare Group, Inc., also a Louisiana business corporation. Effective December 2002, The Healthcare Group, Inc. merged into LHC Group, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company, with LHC Group, LLC being the surviving entity. In January 2005, LHC Group, LLC established a wholly owned Delaware subsidiary, LHC Group, Inc. Effective February 9, 2005, LHC Group, LLC merged into LHC Group, Inc.

Industry and Market Opportunity

          According to MedPAC, an independent federal body established in 1997 to advise Congress on issues affecting the Medicare program, approximately one-third of all general acute care hospital patients require additional care following their discharge from the hospital. Some of these patients receive less intensive care in settings such as skilled nursing facilities, outpatient rehabilitation clinics or the home, while others receive continuing care in more intensive care settings such as inpatient rehabilitation facilities or long-term acute care hospitals that are either freestanding or co-located within general acute care facilities. According to MedPAC estimates, Medicare spending totaled $12.8 billion in 2003 for the two primary post-acute sectors in which we operate: home nursing and long-term acute care hospitals.

          MedPAC estimates Medicare spending on home nursing services totaled $10.2 billion in 2003. CMS estimates that there are approximately 7,200 Medicare-certified home nursing agencies in the United States, the majority of which are operated by small local or regional providers. CMS also estimates that approximately 32.0% of these agencies are hospital-based or not-for-profit, freestanding agencies, and MedPAC estimates that approximately 34.0% are located in rural markets. CMS predicts that Medicare spending on home nursing will increase at an average annual growth rate of 7.6% between 2005 and 2009. Growth is being driven by:

  •  a U.S. population that is getting older and living longer;
 
  •  patient preference for less restrictive care settings;
 
  •  incentives for general acute care hospitals to discharge patients into less intensive treatment settings as quickly as medically appropriate; and
 
  •  higher incidences of chronic conditions and disease.

          Long-term acute care hospitals provide specialized medical and rehabilitative care to patients with complex medical conditions requiring higher intensity care and monitoring that cannot be provided effectively in other healthcare settings. These facilities typically serve as an intermediate step between the intensive care unit of a general acute care hospital and a less intensive treatment setting, such as a skilled nursing facility or the home. According to MedPAC estimates, Medicare spending for services provided by long-term acute care hospitals grew from $0.4 billion in 1993 to an estimated $2.6 billion in 2003.

          According to the U.S. Census Bureau, rural areas have a higher percentage of residents over the age of 65, who account for 14.6% of the total population in rural markets compared to 11.8% in urban markets. Additionally, according to the American Public Health Association, or APHA, rural areas typically do not offer the range of post-acute healthcare services that are available in urban or suburban markets, patients in rural markets face challenges in accessing healthcare in a convenient and appropriate

52


Table of Contents

setting. For example, APHA estimates that although 20.0% of Americans live in rural areas, only 9.0% of the nation’s physicians practice in rural areas. According to APHA, individuals in rural areas may also have difficulty reaching healthcare facilities due to greater travel time required or a lack of public transportation. The economic characteristics and population dispersion of rural markets also make these markets less attractive to health maintenance organizations and other managed care payors. Government studies cited by APHA have shown rural residents also tend to have more health complications than urban residents. Additionally, APHA has noted that residents in rural areas are less likely to use preventive screening services, and have a higher prevalence of disabilities, heart disease, cancer, diabetes, and other chronic conditions compared to urban residents. Therefore, we believe our post-acute services provide valuable alternatives to this underserved, rural patient population.

          In our experience, because most rural areas have the population size to support only one or two general acute care hospitals, the local hospital often plays a significant role in rural market healthcare delivery systems. Rural patients who require home nursing frequently receive care from a small home care agency or an agency that, while owned and run by the hospital, is not an area of focus for that hospital. Similarly, patients in these markets who require services typically offered by long-term acute care hospitals are more likely to remain in the community hospital, as it is often the only local facility equipped to deal with severe, complex medical conditions. By entering these markets through affiliations with local hospitals, we usually face less competition for the services we provide. Therefore, we believe we are well positioned to foster community loyalty by building and maintaining long-term relationships with local hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers and to become the highest quality post-acute provider in our markets.

Competitive Strengths

          We believe the following competitive strengths have enabled us to grow our business and increase our net income while building strong market share:

  •  We have a proven track record of success in serving rural markets. Of our 85 locations as of March 31, 2005, 65.9% are located in counties with fewer than 100,000 residents. Our strategic plan for entering new markets is specifically designed for rural markets with highly dispersed populations that are underserved by existing post-acute care alternatives. Our comprehensive plan includes: (1) building relationships with local hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers; (2) expanding the breadth and quality of services provided; (3) recruiting qualified nurses and other healthcare professionals; and (4) transitioning acquired operations to our operating model and technology platform. We have generated significant increases in net service revenue and net income by focusing on internal growth in our existing markets, opening home-based and facility-based locations in new rural markets, and selectively acquiring home nursing agencies in rural markets.
 
  •  We have a clinically-oriented and patient-focused operating model. We have developed a decentralized, care management operating model that enhances our ability to deliver high-quality care on a consistent and cost-effective basis across multiple locations. Our operating model provides clinical guidelines at the agency and caregiver levels while promoting treatment flexibility to address patient-specific needs. We believe this approach allows us to allocate more resources to patient care, which enhances clinical outcomes and increases physician and patient satisfaction. Our operating model is supported by our Service Value Point system, a proprietary patient management information system that enables us to measure our clinical and financial performance across multiple locations.
 
  •  We incur low costs to enter new markets. Most of the hospitals with which we seek to establish joint ventures have agencies that may be underperforming clinically or financially. We typically have acquired the assets of these agencies with limited capital investment. Upon acquiring these interests, we implement our standardized operating model, which generally leads to increased patient census, enhanced patient care and improved financial performance and provides us with high returns on our invested capital.

53


Table of Contents

  •  We focus on maintaining strong employee relations. Critical to our success is our ability to attract and retain experienced and skilled employees and our recognition of the importance of good relations between us and our employees. Our care management operating model empowers our employees, giving them a high degree of autonomy by affording them treatment flexibility to meet patient-specific needs. This flexibility, combined with our emphasis on communication, education and competitive benefits, has allowed us to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced employees. As a result, we had an employee turnover rate for full-time employees of approximately 12.8% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2005, which we believe is well below the comparable national average.
 
  •  We have an experienced management team. Our ability to grow profitability, deliver high-quality service, and expand our operations has been due, in large part, to the experience of our senior management team. Our four executive officers have over 61 years of combined experience in the healthcare services industry, with extensive operational experience and an in-depth knowledge and understanding of the regulatory environments in which we operate.

Growth Strategy

          Our objective is to become the leading provider of post-acute services to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. To achieve this objective, we intend to:

  •  Drive internal growth in existing markets. We intend to drive internal growth in our existing markets by increasing the number of healthcare providers from whom we receive referrals and by increasing the breadth of home-based and facility-based post-acute healthcare services we provide. In order to achieve this growth, we will (1) continue to educate healthcare providers about the benefits of our services; (2) reinforce the position of our agencies as community assets; (3) maintain our emphasis on high-quality medical care for our patients; and (4) provide a superior work environment for our employees.
 
  •  Achieve margin improvement through the active management of costs. The majority of our net service revenue is generated under Medicare prospective payment systems through which we are paid pre-determined rates based upon the clinical condition and severity of the patients in our care. Because our profitability in a fixed payment system depends upon our ability to manage the costs of providing care, we continue to pursue initiatives to improve our margins and net income. One of these initiatives was the development of our Service Value Point system, which we believe effectively balances our dual objectives of clinical quality and effective financial management.
 
  •  Expand into new rural markets. We will continue expanding into new markets by developing new and acquiring existing Medicare-certified home nursing agencies in attractive markets. Once we have established a home nursing agency in a new market, we will consider the development of a freestanding long-term acute care hospital and the provision of other complementary post-acute healthcare services in such market. We currently plan to pursue expansion opportunities in underserved rural markets where we believe we can implement our operating model successfully. We employ a dedicated business development team of six people to identify and evaluate new market opportunities, with particular focus on 500 target markets in the following 14 contiguous states: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Kentucky, Oklahoma, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and West Virginia.
 
  •  Pursue strategic acquisitions. We will continue to identify and evaluate opportunities for strategic acquisitions in new and existing markets that will enhance our market position, increase our referral base and expand the breadth of services we offer. Due to historical capital constraints, our development activities have primarily focused on buying individual community-based home nursing agencies. We may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to pursue acquisitions that would allow us to acquire market share in our target states through the purchase of larger home nursing operations. Our business development efforts have identified potential acquisitions in our target markets with which our long-term objectives and management philosophy align.

54


Table of Contents

Services

          We provide post-acute healthcare services primarily to Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. Our services can be broadly classified into two principal categories: (1) home-based services offered through our home nursing agencies and hospices; and (2) facility-based services offered through our long-term acute care hospitals, outpatient rehabilitation clinics and inpatient rehabilitation facilities.

 
Home-Based Services

          Home Nursing. Our registered and licensed practical nurses provide a variety of medically necessary services to homebound patients who are suffering from acute or chronic illness, recovering from injury or surgery, or who otherwise require care or monitoring. These services include wound care and dressing changes, cardiac rehabilitation, infusion therapy, pain management, pharmaceutical administration, skilled observation and assessment, and patient education. We have also designed guidelines to treat chronic diseases and conditions including diabetes, hypertension, arthritis, Alzheimer’s disease, low vision, spinal stenosis, Parkinson’s disease, osteoporosis, complex wound care and chronic pain. Our home health aides provide assistance with daily activities such as housekeeping, meal preparation, medication management, bathing, and walking. Through our medical social workers we counsel patients and their families with regard to financial, personal, and social concerns that arise from a patient’s health-related problems. We also provide skilled nursing, ventilator and tracheotomy services, extended care specialties, medication administration and management, and patient and family assistance and education on a private duty basis. Our nurses and home health aides are on call 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to provide private duty services that are affordable and designed to assist patients during their stay in a hospital or at home. We also provide management services to third party home nursing agencies, often as an interim solution until proper state and regulatory approvals for an acquisition can be obtained.

          Our physical, occupational and speech therapists provide therapy services to patients in their home. Our therapists coordinate multi-disciplinary treatment plans with physicians, nurses and social workers to restore basic mobility skills such as getting out of bed, walking safely with crutches or a walker, and restoring range of motion to specific joints. As part of the treatment and rehabilitation process, a therapist will stretch and strengthen muscles, test balance and coordination abilities, and teach home exercise programs. Our therapists assist patients and their families with improving and maintaining a patient’s ability to perform functional activities of daily living, such as the ability to dress, cook, clean, and manage other activities safely in the home environment. Our speech and language therapists provide corrective and rehabilitative treatment to patients who suffer from physical or cognitive deficits or disorders that create difficulty with verbal communication or swallowing.

          All of our home nursing agencies offer 24 hour personal emergency response and support services through LifeLine Systems, Inc. for patients who require close medical monitoring but who want to maintain an independent lifestyle. These services consist principally of a communicator that connects to the telephone line in the subscriber’s home and a personal help button that is worn or carried by the individual subscriber and that, when activated, initiates a telephone call from the subscriber’s communicator to Lifeline’s central monitoring facilities. Lifeline’s trained personnel identify the nature and extent of the subscriber’s particular need and notify the subscriber’s family members, neighbors, and/or emergency personnel, as needed. Our use of the Lifeline system increases customer satisfaction and loyalty by providing our patients a point of contact between our scheduled nursing visits. As a result, we offer our patients a more complete regimen of care management than our competitors in the markets in which we operate, particularly in Mississippi and Louisiana where we have an exclusive contract for these services with LifeLine.

          Hospice. Our Medicare-certified hospice operations provide a full range of hospice services designed to meet the individual physical, spiritual, and psychosocial needs of terminally ill patients and their families. Our hospice services are primarily provided in a patient’s home but can also be provided in a nursing home, assisted living facility, or hospital. Key services provided include pain and symptom

55


Table of Contents

management accompanied by palliative medication; emotional and spiritual support; inpatient and respite care; homemaker services; dietary counseling; social worker visits; spiritual counseling; and bereavement counseling for up to 13 months after a patient’s death.
 
Facility-Based Services

          Long-term Acute Care Hospitals. Our long-term acute care hospitals treat patients with severe medical conditions who require high-level care along with frequent monitoring by physicians and other clinical personnel. Patients who receive our services in a long-term acute care hospital are too medically unstable to be treated in a non-acute setting. Examples of these medical conditions include respiratory failure, neuromuscular disorders, cardiac disorders, non-healing wounds, renal disorders, cancer, head and neck injuries, and mental disorders. These impairments often are associated with accidents, strokes, heart attacks and other serious medical conditions. We also treat patients diagnosed with musculoskeletal impairments that restrict their ability to perform normal activities of daily living. As part of our facility-based services, we operate an institutional pharmacy, which focuses on providing a full array of institutional pharmacy services to our long-term acute care hospitals and inpatient rehabilitation facility. We also provide management services to one critical access hospital.

          Rehabilitation Services. We provide rehabilitation services in multiple settings, including both the inpatient and outpatient settings. In our facilities and through our contractual relationships, we provide physical, occupational and speech rehabilitation services. We also provide certain specialized services such as hand therapy or sports performance enhancement that treat sports and work related injuries, musculoskeletal disorders, chronic or acute pain and orthopedic conditions. Our patients are typically diagnosed with musculoskeletal impairments that restrict their ability to perform normal activities of daily living. These impairments are often associated with accidents, sports injuries, strokes, heart attacks and other medical conditions. Our rehabilitation services are designed to help these patients minimize physical and cognitive impairments and maximize functional ability. We also design services to prevent short-term disabilities from becoming chronic conditions. Our rehabilitation services are provided by our physical, occupational and respiratory therapists, and speech-language pathologists. We also provide management services to one inpatient rehabilitation facility and operate one health and wellness center located adjacent to one of our outpatient rehabilitation clinics.

Operations

 
Home-Based Services

          Each of our home nursing agencies is staffed with experienced clinical home health professionals who provide a wide range of patient care services. Our home nursing agencies are managed by a Director of Nursing or Branch Manager who is also a licensed registered nurse. Our Directors of Nursing and Branch Managers are overseen by Regional Managers. Our patient care operating model for our home nursing agencies is structured on a base model that requires a Medicare patient minimum census of 50 patients. At the base model level, one registered nurse is responsible for all aspects of the management of each patient’s plan of care. A home nursing agency based on this model is also staffed with an office manager, a field-registered nurse, a field-licensed professional nurse and a home health aide. All field staff are paid on a per visit basis. If needed, we contract with local community therapists as independent contractors to provide additional therapy services. As the size and patient census of a particular home nursing agency grows, these staffing patterns are increased appropriately.

          Our home nursing agencies use our Service Value Point system, a proprietary clinical resource allocation model and cost management system. The system is a quantitative tool that assigns a target level of resource units to a group of patients based upon their initial assessment and estimated skilled nursing and therapy needs. The Service Value Point system allows the Director of Nursing or Branch Manager to allocate adequate resources throughout the group of patients assigned to his/her care, rather than focusing on the profitability of an individual patient.

56


Table of Contents

          Patient care is handled at the home nursing agency level. Functions that are centralized into the home office include payroll, accounting, financial reporting, billing, collections, regulatory and legal compliance, risk management, pharmacy, and general clinical oversight accomplished by periodic on-sight surveys. Each of our home nursing agencies is licensed and certified by the state and federal governments, and 29 of them also are accredited by the Joint Commission for Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, or JCAHO. Those not yet accredited are working towards achieving this accreditation, which can take up to six months.

 
Facility-Based Services

          Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals. Each of our long-term acute care hospital locations is managed by a hospital administrator, while the clinical operations are directed by a Director of Nurses who is also a licensed registered nurse. The individual hospital administrators are responsible for managing the day-to-day operating activities of the hospital within appropriate budgetary constraints. Each administrator reports to the Chief Operating Officer of Facility-Based Services. Each Director of Nurses reports directly to his or her respective hospital administrator as well as indirectly to our Clinical Operations Officer responsible for the oversight of the quality of patient care services at the home office level. The medical management of each patient is overseen by a Medical Director, typically a physiatrist, who is responsible for ensuring the appropriateness of admissions, as well as leading weekly patient care conferences.

          We follow a clinical approach under which each patient is discussed in weekly, multidisciplinary team meetings, at which patient progress is assessed compared to goals and future goals are set. Attendees at these meetings include a patient’s family and referring physician. We believe that this model results in higher quality care, predictable discharge patterns and the avoidance of unnecessary delays.

          All coding, medical records, human resources, case management, utilization review, and medical staff credentialing are provided at the hospital level. Centralized functions that are provided by the home office include payroll, accounting, financial reporting, billing, collections, regulatory and legal compliance, risk management, pharmacy, and general clinical oversight accomplished by periodic on-sight surveys.

          Rehabilitation Services. Our rehabilitation services are overseen by a home office based Director of Therapy Services, who is a licensed physical therapist. Each clinic also has an on-site therapist responsible for addressing staffing needs and concerns as well as managing the day-to-day operations of the outpatient rehabilitation clinic.

          As with our long-term acute care hospitals, all coding, medical records, human resources, charge/data entry, front end collections, and marketing for our rehabilitation centers are provided at the individual center level. Centralized functions provided by the home office include payroll, accounting, financial reporting, billing, collections, regulatory and legal compliance, risk management, and general clinical oversight accomplished by periodic on-sight surveys.

Marketing

          Our marketing efforts are directed primarily at physicians and hospital discharge planners. Marketing activities are coordinated locally by the individual location. Marketing activities are supplemented by a staff of six home office based sales and marketing associates, led by a Director of Sales and Marketing, who provide overall sales support, collateral materials and assistance in creative design. Many of our marketers are nurses or have other clinical experience. At each location we employ a dedicated marketing team, including a patient care representative who educates other healthcare providers about our services and monitors closely the activities of our competitors. Our marketing efforts generally emphasize the benefits offered by our home nursing agencies or long-term acute care hospitals compared to other providers in the market. For our home-based services, these benefits typically include an emphasis on our decentralized, care management operating model that focuses on delivering personalized healthcare to our patients. For our facility-based services, we seek to differentiate our facilities by emphasizing our multidisciplinary approach to patient care, and our customized disease management programs.

57


Table of Contents

Joint Ventures

          As of March 31, 2005, we have entered into 30 joint ventures with respect to the ownership and operation of 36 home nursing agency locations, one hospice, five long-term acute care hospital locations and two outpatient rehabilitation clinics. Our joint ventures are structured either as equity joint ventures, cooperative endeavors or license leasing arrangements, as permitted by applicable state laws and subject to business considerations. As of March 31, 2005, we had 24 equity joint ventures, four cooperative endeavors and two license leasing arrangements. Of these 30 joint ventures, 19 are with hospitals, four are with physicians, and seven are with other parties. With respect to our four joint ventures with physicians, three are for the ownership and operation of long-term acute care hospitals, and one is for the ownership of a home nursing agency.

 
Equity Joint Ventures

          As of March 31, 2005, we have entered into 24 equity joint ventures for the ownership and operation of home nursing agencies, hospices, outpatient rehabilitation clinics and long-term acute care hospitals. Our equity joint ventures are structured as limited liability companies in which we own a majority equity interest and our partners own a minority equity interest ranging from 5.0% to 49.0%. In all of our equity joint ventures with hospitals our partners own 33.0% or less of the outstanding equity interests. At the time of formation, we and our partners each contribute capital to the equity joint venture in the form of cash or property. We believe that the amount contributed by each party to the equity joint venture represents their pro-rata portion of the fair market value of the equity joint venture. None of our partners are required to make or influence referrals to our equity joint ventures. In fact, each of our hospital joint venture partners must follow the same federal discharge planning regulations as they would if they owned 100.0% of the home health agency. For example, each of our hospital joint venture partners must offer each patient a list of available home nursing agency options and must allow the patient to make their own choice of provider.

          Generally, we serve as the manager of our equity joint ventures and oversee their day-to-day operations. In two of our equity joint ventures with parties other than hospitals or physicians, our partners provide business development services and, in one case, administrative services. The management of our equity joint ventures are typically governed by a management committee, which is comparable to a board of directors. We generally possess a majority of the total votes available to be cast by the members of the management committee. However, in three of these joint ventures where we have partnered with not-for-profit hospitals, the hospital controls a majority of the total management committee votes. In such instances we possess the right to withdraw from the equity joint venture at any time upon notice to our partner in exchange for the receipt of a payment in an amount calculated in accordance with a predetermined formula. Each member of all but one of our equity joint ventures participates in profits and losses in proportion to their equity interests. We have one partner whose participation in the losses of the venture is limited per quarter to three times the amount of rent paid monthly by the equity joint venture to the parent company of our joint venture partner for space used in the operation of the equity joint venture. The amount of this monthly rental payment is currently $4,200. Distributions from our equity joint ventures are not based on referrals made to the equity joint venture by any of the members.

          The 24 equity joint ventures contribute between 0.1% and 8.8% of our total net service revenue, with only four of these equity joint ventures accounting for greater than 5.0% of our total net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005. One of these is St. Landry Extended Care Hospital, LLC, a long-term acute care hospital equity joint venture in which we own 95.0% of the membership interests, with the remaining 5.0% ownership divided among 15 individual physicians. Any party may withdraw from this equity joint venture upon 90 days’ advanced written notice. The second is Acadian Home Health Services, LLC, an equity joint venture for the ownership and operation of a home nursing agency in which we maintain a 62.5% membership interest, with the remaining 37.5% interest held by a healthcare provider. Any party may withdraw from this equity joint venture at any time upon notice to the other members. The third entity is LHCG-III, LLC d/b/a Extended Care Hospital of Lafayette, a long-term acute care hospital in which we own 76.5% of the membership interests, with the remaining 23.5%

58


Table of Contents

ownership divided among 19 individual physicians. Any member may withdraw from this equity joint venture upon 90 days’ advance written notice. The final equity joint venture comprising greater than 5.0% of our total net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 is Acadian Home Care, LLC, a home nursing agency in which we own no less than 67.0% of the membership interests in each of its 10 branch locations. Any member may withdraw from this equity joint venture at any time upon notice to the other members.

          In Acadian Home Health Services, LLC and Hebert and Thibodeaux Physical Therapy, Inc., two of our equity joint ventures, our joint venture partners have been granted the right to convert their interests in the equity joint venture into shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. We have entered into exchange agreements with our partners in each of these equity joint ventures, which provide that upon completion of this offering they will receive, in one instance, 450,000 shares of our common stock, valued at approximately $6.3 million at the initial offering price of $14.00 per share, and cash consideration in an amount equal to the aggregate value of 153,772 shares of our common stock, or approximately $2.2 million at the initial offering price of $14.00 per share, and in the other instance, 68,036 shares of our common stock, valued at $953,000 at the initial offering price of $14.00 per share. Neither of these equity joint ventures involves a physician or hospital partner. A third equity joint venture, in which our physician partners’ interests are limited to 5.0% of total ownership, provides for a conversion of their equity interests into shares of our common stock upon our initial public offering if we satisfy the public company Stark Law exception, which requires us to have at least $75.0 million in stockholders’ equity at the end of our most recent fiscal year or on average during the previous three fiscal years. We do not believe that we will satisfy the public company Stark Law exception at the time of this offering and therefore the conversion rights in this equity joint venture will not be triggered. However, regardless of our ability to satisfy the public company Stark Law exception, the members of this equity joint venture will have the right to sell their 5.0% equity joint venture interest to us within 30 days following the completion of this offering at a price based, in part, on the average closing price of our common stock for the 30 days preceding their exercise of this redemption option.

          In addition to these conversion rights, several of our equity joint ventures grant a buy/sell option that will require us to either purchase or sell all of their membership interests in the equity joint venture within 30 days of the receipt of notice of the exercise of the buy/sell option. The purchase price under these buy/sell provisions is typically based on a multiple of the historical or future earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization of the equity joint venture at the time the buy/sell option is exercised.

 
Cooperative Endeavors

          As of March 31, 2005, we have entered into four arrangements that involve the sharing of profits and losses, which we call cooperative endeavors. Unlike our equity joint venture relationships, our cooperative endeavor partners do not own an equity interest in the venture. Instead, our partners have only a contractual right to participate in the sharing of profits and losses. This right is part of the consideration we pay to acquire a home nursing agency from the entity that is a party to the cooperative endeavor. In these cooperative endeavors, we possess interests in the net profits and losses ranging from 67.0% to 80.0%. In one instance, there is a limit on the losses attributable to our cooperative endeavor partner equal to the amount of rent payments made to our cooperative endeavor partner during the preceding twelve months for the lease of space used in the operation of the cooperative endeavor. For the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, these payments totaled $15,600 and $3,900, respectively. As with the equity joint ventures, we oversee the day-to-day operations of the arrangement, but the management of our cooperative endeavors is governed by a management committee, where we possess a majority of the total votes available to be cast.

 
License Leasing Arrangements

          As of March 31, 2005, we have entered into two agreements to lease, through our wholly owned subsidiaries, the home health licenses necessary to operate seven of our home nursing agency locations. These leases are entered into in instances where state law would otherwise prohibit the alienation and sale

59


Table of Contents

of the licenses of home nursing agencies or the local hospital is reluctant to sell its home health license due to state imposed limits on the number of certificates of need or permits of approval issued. The leasing fees for one of these license leasing arrangements is fixed at $243,000 per year for the initial term and the other provides for escalating fees ranging from $70,000 to $150,000 per year over the initial term. The initial five-year terms of our two license leasing arrangements expire on October 1, 2008 and September 1, 2006. These leasing arrangements provide for five-year terms with optional renewal periods. One of these leasing arrangements provides that if we choose not to renew, the lessor can require us to purchase the license. In the other leasing arrangement, we have a right of first refusal in the event that the lessor intends to sell the leased license to a third party.

          One of our license leasing arrangements, relating to the lease of the license for Mississippi Home Care of Jackson, LLC accounted for greater than 5.0% of our total net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005. This license leasing arrangement is for the lease of a provider number and home health license from a Mississippi hospital. The terms of this lease provide for fixed monthly payments over an initial five-year term. The lease is automatically renewed for one consecutive five-year term unless we receive written notice of the lessor’s desire to terminate the lease at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the initial term. Upon the expiration of the second year of the initial term, either party may terminate this license leasing arrangement upon 180 days’ written notice.

Management Services Agreements

          As of March 31, 2005, we have seven management services agreements under which we managed the operations of four home nursing agencies, two hospices and one inpatient rehabilitation facility. We currently have no ownership interest in the agencies and facilities that are the subject of these management services agreements. In four of these arrangements, we are responsible for all direct and indirect costs associated with the operations and receive a management fee equal to the amount of our direct and indirect costs plus a percentage of the net income of those operations. Under the remaining three agreements we receive management fees, typically either a flat fee arrangement or a fee based on a percentage of net revenue. The term of these arrangements is typically five years, with an option to renew for an additional five-year term. The initial termination dates for our management services agreements range from September 1, 2005 to October 11, 2009. For two of these home nursing agencies and the hospice, these agreements are interim solutions with which to transfer control over day-to-day management of operations until the proper state and regulatory approvals can be obtained and assets transferred.

Competition

          The home healthcare market is highly fragmented. According to CMS, there are approximately 7,200 Medicare-certified home nursing agencies in the United States, of which 32.0% are hospital-based or not-for-profit, freestanding agencies. MedPAC estimates that 34.0% of these home nursing agencies are located in rural markets. Although there are a small number of public home nursing companies with significant home nursing operations, they generally do not compete with us in the rural markets that we currently serve. As we expand into new markets, we may encounter public companies that have greater resources or greater access to capital. Competition in our markets comes primarily from small local and regional providers, many of which are undercapitalized. These providers include facility- and hospital-based providers, visiting nurse associations, and nurse registries. We are unaware of any competitor offering the breadth of services we offer that focuses on the needs of rural markets.

          Although several public and private national and regional companies own or manage long-term acute care hospitals, they generally do not operate in the rural markets that we serve. If we elect to expand the number of long-term acute care hospitals that we operate, we may encounter national or regional companies that have greater resources or access to capital. Generally, the competition in our markets comes from local healthcare providers. We believe our principal competitive advantages over these local providers are our diverse service offerings, our collaborative approach to working with healthcare providers, our focus on rural markets and our patient-oriented operating model.

60


Table of Contents

Compliance and Quality Control

          We have had a Compliance Committee since 1996. Our Compliance Committee oversees a comprehensive company-wide compliance program. Our compliance program provides for:

  •  the appointment of a compliance officer and committee;
 
  •  adoption of codes of business conduct and ethics;
 
  •  employee education and training;
 
  •  monitoring of an internal system, including a toll-free hotline, for reporting concerns on a confidential, anonymous basis;
 
  •  ongoing internal auditing and monitoring programs; and
 
  •  means for enforcing the compliance programs’ policies.

          As part of our ongoing quality control, internal auditing and monitoring programs, at least annually we conduct internal regulatory audits and mock surveys at each of our agencies and facilities. If an agency or facility does not achieve a satisfactory rating, we require it to prepare and implement a plan of correction. We then perform a follow-up audit and survey to verify that all deficiencies identified in the initial audit and survey have been corrected.

          As required under the Medicare conditions of participation, we have a continuous quality improvement program, which involves:

  •  ongoing education of staff and quarterly continuous quality improvement meetings at each of our agencies and facilities and at our home office;
 
  •  quarterly comprehensive audits of patient charts performed by each of our agencies and facilities; and
 
  •  at least once a year, a comprehensive audit of patient charts performed on each of our agencies and facilities by our home office staff.

          If an agency or facility fails to achieve a satisfactory rating on a patient chart audit, we require it to prepare and implement a plan of correction. We then conduct a follow-up patient chart audit to verify that appropriate action has been taken to prevent future deficiencies.

          The effectiveness of our compliance program is directly related to the legal and ethical training that we provide to our employees. Compliance education for new hires is initiated immediately upon employment with corporate video training and subsequently reinforced through corporate orientation at which the Chief Compliance Officer conducts a comprehensive compliance training seminar. In addition, all of our employees are required to receive continuing compliance education and training each year.

          We continually expand and refine our compliance and continuous quality improvement programs. Specific written policies, procedures, training and educational materials and programs, as well as auditing and monitoring activities, have been prepared and implemented to address the functional and operational aspects of our business. Our programs also address specific problem areas identified through regulatory interpretation and enforcement activities. Additionally, our policies, training, standardized documentation requirements, reviews and audits specifically address our financial arrangements with our referral sources, including fraud and abuse laws and physician self-referral laws. We believe our consistent focus on compliance and continuous quality improvement programs provide us with a competitive advantage in the market.

Technology and Intellectual Property

          Our Service Value Point system is a proprietary information system that assists us in, among other things, monitoring use and other cost factors, supporting our healthcare management techniques, internal benchmarking, clinical analysis, outcomes monitoring and claims generation, revenue cycle management

61


Table of Contents

and revenue reporting. This proprietary home nursing clinical resource and cost management system is a quantitative tool that assigns a target level of resource units to each patient based upon their initial assessment and estimated skilled nursing and therapy needs. We designed this system to empower our direct care employees to make appropriate day-to-day clinical care decisions while also allowing us to manage the quality and delivery of care across our system and to monitor the cost of providing that care both on a patient-specific and agency-specific basis.

          In addition to our Service Value Point system, our business is substantially dependent on other non-proprietary software. We have recently converted to a third-party software information system for our long-term acute care hospitals. Additionally, we are in the process of consolidating our various home health agency databases into an enterprise-wide system, which we expect to be fully implemented by the second quarter of 2005. These conversions are intended to improve the accuracy, reliability, and efficiency of processing and management reporting.

          Further, we have two major patient billing systems that we use across the enterprise: one system for our home-based services and one for our facility-based services. Both of these systems are fully automated and contain functionality that allows us to calculate net service revenue at both the payor and patient level.

          The software we use is based on client-server technology and is highly scalable. We believe our software and systems are flexible, easy-to-use, and allow us to accommodate growth without difficulty through development and acquisitions. Technology plays a key role in our organization’s ability to expand operations and maintain effective managerial control. We believe that building and enhancing our information and software systems provides us with a competitive advantage that will allow us to grow our business in a more cost-efficient manner and will result in better patient care.

Reimbursement

 
Medicare

          The federal government’s Medicare program, governed by the Social Security Act of 1965, reimburses healthcare providers for services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. These beneficiaries generally include persons age 65 and older and those who are chronically disabled. The program is primarily administered by the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and CMS. Medicare payments accounted for 84.6% and 81.5%, respectively, of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005. Medicare reimburses us based upon the setting in which we provide our services or the Medicare category in which those services fall.

          Home Nursing. The Medicare home nursing benefit is available to patients who need care following discharge from a hospital, as well as patients who suffer from chronic conditions that require ongoing but intermittent care. The services received need not be rehabilitative or of a finite duration; however, patients who require full-time skilled nursing for an extended period of time generally do not qualify for Medicare home nursing benefits. As a condition of coverage under Medicare, beneficiaries must: (1) be homebound in that they are unable to leave their home without considerable effort; (2) require intermittent skilled nursing, physical therapy, or speech therapy services that are covered by Medicare; and (3) receive treatment under a plan of care that is established and periodically reviewed by a physician. Qualifying patients also may receive reimbursement for occupational therapy, medical social services, and home health aide services if these additional services are part of a plan of care prescribed by a physician.

          We receive a standard prospective Medicare payment for delivering care over a base 60-day period, or episode of care. There is no limit to the number of episodes a beneficiary may receive as long as he or she remains eligible. Most patients complete treatment within one payment episode. The base episode payment, established through federal legislation, is a flat rate that is adjusted upward or downward based upon differences in the expected resource needs of individual patients as indicated by clinical severity, functional severity, and service utilization. The magnitude of the adjustment is determined by

62


Table of Contents

each patient’s categorization into one of 80 payment groups, known as home health resource groups, and the costliness of care for patients in each group relative to the average patient. Our payment is also adjusted for differences in local prices using the hospital wage index.

          We bill and are reimbursed for services in two stages: an initial request for advance payment when the episode commences and a final claim when it is completed. We receive 60.0% of the estimated payment for a patient’s initial episode up-front (after the initial assessment is completed and upon initial billing) and the remaining 40.0% upon completion of the episode and after all final treatment orders are signed by the physician. In the event of subsequent episodes, reimbursement timing is 50.0% up-front and 50.0% upon completion of the episode. Final payments may reflect one of five retroactive adjustments to ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the total reimbursement: (1) an outlier payment if the patient’s care was unusually costly; (2) a low utilization adjustment if the number of visits was fewer than five; (3) a partial payment if the patient transferred to another provider before completing the episode; (4) a change-in-condition adjustment if the patient’s medical status changes significantly, resulting in the need for more or less care; or (5) a payment adjustment based upon the level of therapy services required in the population base. Because the applicability of a change is dependent upon the completion date of the episode, changes in reimbursement will impact our financial results up to 60 days in advance of the effective date. We submit all Medicare claims through a single fiscal intermediary for the federal government.

          We verify benefits at the time of admission and through this verification process are able to determine the payor source and eligibility for reimbursement for each patient. Accordingly, we do not have any material reimbursement amounts that are pending approval based on the eligibility of a patient to receive reimbursement from the applicable payor program. Further, we only provide limited services to patients who are ineligible for reimbursement from a third party payor, therefore, do not have any material reimbursement from patients who are self pay.

          The current base payment rate for Medicare home nursing is $2,264. Since the inception of the prospective payment system in October 2000, the base episode rate payment has varied due to both the impact of annual market basket based increases and Medicare-related legislation. The passage of the MMA resulted in two changes in Medicare reimbursement. First, for episodes ended on or after April 1, 2004 through December 31, 2006, the base episode rate increase has been reduced by 0.8%. Secondly, a 5.0% payment increase was provided for services furnished in a non-MSA setting for episodes ending on or after April 1, 2004 and before April 1, 2005. Based on the Medicare definition of a non-MSA setting, only a portion of our rural patients qualified for this payment increase. Approximately 41.8% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 38.9% of our net service revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was derived from patients who reside in non-MSAs.

          Effective January 1, 2005, the “market basket adjustment” was increased by approximately 2.0% (net of the 0.8% reduction referred to above). MedPAC has recommended to Congress that the increase be eliminated. We cannot predict the timing or the magnitude of any changes recommended by MedPAC.

          CMS is expected in either 2005 or 2006 to review the case mix adjustments index as part of a previously scheduled process. We are unable to predict the timing or outcome of such a review.

          The Office of Inspector General of HHS, or OIG, has a responsibility to report both to the Secretary of HHS and to Congress any program and management problems related to programs such as Medicare. The OIG’s duties are carried out through a nationwide network of audits, investigations and inspections. The OIG has recently undertaken a study with respect to Medicare reimbursement rates. No estimate can be made at this time regarding the impact, if any, of the OIG’s findings.

          Hospice. In order for a Medicare beneficiary to qualify for the Medicare hospice benefit, two physicians must certify that, in the best judgment of the physician or medical director, the beneficiary has less than six months to live, assuming the beneficiary’s disease runs its normal course. In addition, the Medicare beneficiary must affirmatively elect hospice care and waive any rights to other Medicare benefits related to his or her terminal illness. Each benefit period, a physician must recertify that the Medicare

63


Table of Contents

beneficiary’s life expectancy is six months or less in order for the beneficiary to continue to qualify for and to receive the Medicare hospice benefit. The first two benefit periods are measured at 90-day intervals and subsequent benefit periods are measured at 60-day intervals. There is no limit on the number of periods that a Medicare beneficiary may be recertified. A Medicare beneficiary may revoke his or her election at any time and begin receiving traditional Medicare benefits. There is no limit on how long a Medicare beneficiary can receive hospice benefits and services, provided that the beneficiary continues to meet Medicare hospice eligibility criteria.

          Medicare reimburses for hospice care using a prospective payment system. Under that system, we receive one of four predetermined daily or hourly rates based upon the level of care we furnish to the beneficiary. These rates are subject to annual adjustments based on inflation and geographic wage considerations. Our base Medicare rates effective October 1, 2004 depend upon which of the following four levels of care we provide:

  •  Routine Home Care. We receive between $105.22 and $111.32 per day for routine home care, depending on the geographic location. We are paid the routine home care rate for each day a patient is under our care and not receiving one of the other categories of hospice care. This rate is not adjusted for the volume or intensity of care provided on a given day. This rate is also paid when a patient is receiving hospital care for a condition unrelated to the terminal condition.
 
  •  General Inpatient Care. We receive between $473.15 and $498.43 per day for general inpatient care, depending on the geographic location.
 
  •  Continuous Home Care. We receive between $614.09 and $649.70 per day for continuous home care, depending on the geographic location. This daily continuous home care rate is divided by 24 in order to arrive at an hourly rate. The hourly rate is paid for every hour that continuous home care is furnished, up to 24 hours in a single day. A minimum of eight hours must be provided in a single day to qualify for this rate.
 
  •  Respite Care. We receive between $112.52 and $117.49 per day for respite care, depending on the geographic location. Respite care is provided when the family or caregiver of a patient requires temporary relief from his or her caregiving responsibilities for certain reasons. We can receive payment for respite care provided to a given patient for up to five consecutive days. Our payment for any additional days of respite care provided to the patient is limited to the routine home care rate.

          Medicare limits the reimbursement we may receive for inpatient care services. Under the so-called “80-20 rule,” if the number of inpatient care days furnished by us to Medicare beneficiaries exceeds 20.0% of the total days of hospice care furnished by us to Medicare beneficiaries, Medicare payments to us for inpatient care days exceeding the inpatient cap will be reduced to the routine home care rate. This determination is made annually based on the twelve-month period beginning on November 1st of each year. This limit is computed on a program-by-program basis. None of our hospices has exceeded the cap on inpatient care services during 2002, 2003, 2004 or during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

          Our Medicare hospice reimbursement is also subject to a cap amount calculated by the Medicare fiscal intermediary at the end of the hospice cap period, which runs from November 1st of each year through October 31st of the following year. Total Medicare payments to us during this period are compared to the “cap amount” for this period. Payments in excess of the cap amount must be returned by us to Medicare. The cap amount is calculated by multiplying the number of beneficiaries electing hospice care during the period by a statutory amount that is indexed for inflation annually. The cap amount for the twelve-month period ending October 31, 2004 was $19,636. Once published, the new cap amount will become effective retroactively for all initial hospice elections since October 1, 2004. The hospice cap amount is computed on a program-by-program basis. None of our hospices has exceeded the cap on per beneficiary limits during 2002, 2003, 2004 or during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

          We are required to file annual cost reports with HHS on each of our hospices for informational purposes and to submit claims on the basis of the location where we actually furnish the hospice services. These requirements permit Medicare to adjust payment rates for regional differences in wage costs.

64


Table of Contents

          Long-term Acute Care Hospitals. We are reimbursed by Medicare for services provided by our long-term acute care hospitals under the long-term acute care hospital prospective payment system, which was implemented on October 1, 2002. Although CMS regulations allowed for a phase-in period, we have elected to be paid solely on the basis of the long-term care diagnosis-related groups established by the new system. As of March 31, 2005, all of our eligible long-term acute care hospitals had implemented the prospective payment system.

          Under the prospective payment system, each patient discharged from our long-term acute care hospitals is assigned a long-term care diagnosis-related group. CMS establishes these long-term care diagnosis-related groups by grouping diseases by diagnosis, which group reflects the amount of resources needed to treat a given diseases. We are paid a pre-determined fixed amount applicable to the particular long-term care diagnosis-related group to which that patient is assigned. This payment is intended to reflect the average cost of treating a Medicare patient classified in that particular long-term care diagnosis-related group. For select patients, the amount may be further adjusted based on length of stay and facility-specific costs, as well as in instances where a patient is discharged and subsequently readmitted, among other factors. Similar to other Medicare prospective payment systems, the rate is also adjusted for geographic wage differences. Effective for discharges on or after October 1, 2005, CMS has published the new relative weights applicable to the long-term care diagnosis-related group system. CMS has stated it intension to develop long-term acute care hospital patient-specific criteria to refine the definition of such facilities. Comments included in the May 6, 2005 rule indicate that CMS has awarded a contract to Research Triangle Institute for the purpose of evaluating patient and facility level characteristics for long-term care hospitals in order to differentiate the role of long-term care hospitals from acute care hospitals. This evaluation is in response to the June 2004 MedPAC Report recommending that CMS examine defining long-term acute care hospitals by facility and patient criteria. CMS has also charged Research Triangle Institute with examining the present role of Quality Improvement Organizations with regard to long-term care hospitals.

          In order to qualify for payment under the long-term acute care prospective payment system, a facility must be certified as a hospital by Medicare and have an average Medicare inpatient length of stay of greater than 25 days. Prior to qualifying under the long-term acute care hospital prospective payment system, facilities are classified as short-term acute care hospitals and therefore receive lower payments under the general acute care hospital reimbursement system. New long-term acute care hospitals continue to be paid under this system for a minimum of six months while they establish their length of stay average and meet certain additional Medicare long-term acute care hospital requirements.

          CMS has published updated regulations with regard to the prospective payment system for long-term acute care hospitals, which will be effective for discharges after October 1, 2005. The regulations provided for the following:

  •  the standard federal rate was increased by 3.4%;
 
  •  the budget neutrality factor amount was set at 0 effective July 1, 2005; and
 
  •  the cost outlier fixed loss threshold was lowered to $10,501.

          Long-term acute care hospitals are typically operated either as stand-alone facilities or as separate provider units within traditional acute care hospitals. All of our long-term acute care hospitals are located within host hospitals. These hospitals within a hospital must satisfy additional standards. A hospital within a hospital must establish itself as a hospital separate from its host by, among other things, obtaining separate licensure and certification, not having common control with its host hospital or a common parent organization, and having a separate chief executive, chief medical officer and medical staff. Further, there are financial penalties associated with the failure to limit the number of total Medicare patients discharged to the host hospital and subsequently readmitted to the long-term acute care hospital to no greater than 5.0%. None of our long-term acute care hospitals exceeded this 5.0% limitation through March 31, 2005.

          In August 2004, CMS announced final regulatory changes applicable to long-term acute care facilities operated as hospitals within hospitals. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after

65


Table of Contents

October 1, 2004, the final rule, subject to certain exceptions, imposes lower rates of reimbursement on long-term acute care hospitals within hospitals whose Medicare admissions from their host hospitals are in excess of specified percentages. For new long-term acute care hospitals within hospitals, the Medicare admissions limitation will be 25.0% for hospitals located in an MSA and 50.0% for hospitals located in a non-MSA.

      For existing long-term acute care hospitals within hospitals and those under development that meet specified criteria, the Medicare admissions limitations are being phased-in over a four-year period starting with hospital cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and also provide for different percentages of allowable admissions based on whether the facilities are located in MSAs or non-MSAs. Further, for cost reporting periods beginning prior to October 1, 2007, the Medicare admissions limitation for each existing long-term acute care hospital is the lesser of the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from its host hospital during its 2004 cost reporting period or the amount set forth in the table below:

                 
Allowable Admissions from
Host Hospital Before
Payment Reduction

Cost Report Period Beginning MSAs Non-MSAs



Until September 30, 2005
    100.0%       100.0%  
October 1, 2005 – September 30, 2006
    75.0%       75.0%  
October 1, 2006 – September 30, 2007
    50.0%       50.0%  
October 1, 2007 – and thereafter
    25.0%       50.0%  

          On May 6, 2005, CMS published a final rule increasing the Medicare payment rates for long-term acute care hospitals by 3.4% for patient discharges taking place on or after July 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006.

          Of our five long-term acute care hospital locations, four are physically located in a MSA and one is located in non-MSAs. Of the four locations in non-MSAs, one is a satellite location of a parent hospital that is located in a MSA. Based on our discussions with CMS, we believe this satellite location will be viewed as being located in a non-MSA regardless of the location of its parent hospital and will be treated independently from its parent for purposes of calculating its compliance with the admissions limitations. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, on an individual basis, none of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted less than 50.0% of its patients from its host hospital, four of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted between 50.0% and 75.0% of their patients from their host hospitals and one of our long-term acute care hospital locations admitted more than 75.0% of its patients from their host hospitals. However, the admissions data for the three months ended March 31, 2005 is not necessarily indicative of the admissions mix these facilities will experience in the future.

          In order to minimize the more significant impact of the Medicare host admission limitations after cost reporting periods beginning October 1, 2006, when the limitation on Medicare host admissions drops to 50.0%, we intend, during the intervening period, to continue reevaluating our business plan in each of the markets where we have long-term acute care hospitals and to further develop appropriate strategies to adapt to the rule. Those strategies may include relocating certain existing hospitals to alternative settings.

          Outpatient Rehabilitation Services. Medicare requires that outpatient therapy services be reimbursed on a fee schedule, subject to annual limitations. Outpatient therapy providers receive a fixed fee for each procedure performed, adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. Medicare also imposes annual per Medicare beneficiary caps that limited Medicare coverage to $1,500 for outpatient rehabilitation services (including both physical therapy and speech-language pathology services) and $1,500 for outpatient occupational health services, including deductible and co-insurance amounts. The caps were to be increased beginning in 2002 by application of an inflation index. Subsequent legislation imposed a moratorium on the application of these limits for the years 2000, 2001 and 2002. With the expiration of the moratorium, CMS implemented the caps beginning on September 2003. The MMA re-imposed the moratorium on the application of the therapy caps from the date of MMA’s enactment

66


Table of Contents

through December 31, 2005. We cannot assure you that one or more of our outpatient rehabilitation clinics will not exceed the caps in the future.

          Historically, outpatient rehabilitation services have been subject to scrutiny by the Medicare program for, among other things, medical necessity, appropriate documentation, supervision of therapy aides and students, and billing for group therapy. CMS has issued guidance to clarify that services performed by a student are not reimbursable even if provided under “line of sight” supervision of the therapist. Likewise, CMS has reiterated that Medicare does not pay for services provided by aides regardless of the level of supervision. CMS also has issued instructions that outpatient physical and occupational therapy services provided simultaneously to two or more individuals by a practitioner should be billed as group therapy services.

          Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities. Inpatient rehabilitation facilities are paid under a prospective payment system. Under this system, each patient discharged from an inpatient rehabilitation facility is assigned to a case mix group containing patients with similar clinical problems that are expected to require comparable resources. An inpatient rehabilitation facility is generally paid a predetermined, fixed amount applicable to the assigned case mix group (subject to certain case and facility level adjustments). The prospective payment system for inpatient rehabilitation facilities also includes special payment policies that adjust the payments for some patients based on length of stay, facility costs, whether the patient was discharged and subsequently readmitted, and other factors.

 
Medicaid

          Medicaid is a joint federal and state funded health insurance program for certain low-income individuals. Medicaid reimburses healthcare providers using a number of different systems, including cost-based, prospective payment, and negotiated rate systems. Rates are also subject to adjustment based on statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations of policy by individual state agencies, and certain government funding limitations. Medicaid payments accounted for 4.6% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 8.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 
Non-Governmental Payors

          A portion of our net service revenue comes from private payor sources. These sources include insurance companies, workers’ compensation programs, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, other managed care companies, and employers, as well as patients directly. Patients are generally not responsible for any difference between customary charges for our services and amounts paid by Medicare and Medicaid programs and the non-governmental payors, but are responsible for services not covered by these programs or plans, as well as for deductibles and co-insurance obligations of their coverage. The amount of these deductibles and co-insurance obligations on patients has increased in recent years. Collection of amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than collection of amounts due from government or business payors. However, the majority of our billed services are paid in full by Medicare, Medicaid or private insurance. The only setting in which co-payments are significant is in connection with services billed by our outpatient rehabilitation clinics, which clinics account for only 2.4% and 2.8% of our consolidated net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. Accordingly, co-payments from patients do not represent a material portion of our billed revenue and corresponding accounts receivable. To further reduce their healthcare costs, most insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, and other managed care companies have negotiated discounted fee structures or fixed amounts for services performed, rather than paying healthcare providers the amounts billed. Our results of operations may be negatively affected if these organizations are successful in negotiating further discounts. Payments from non-governmental payors accounted for 10.8% of our net service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 10.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

67


Table of Contents

Government Regulations

 
General

          The healthcare industry is highly regulated, and we are required to comply with federal, state and local laws, which significantly affect our business. These laws and regulations are extremely complex and, in many instances, the industry does not have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation. Regulations and policies frequently change, and we monitor these changes through trade and governmental publications and associations. The significant areas of federal and state regulatory laws that could affect our ability to conduct our business include the following:

  •  Medicare and Medicaid participation and reimbursement;
 
  •  the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and similar state laws;
 
  •  the federal Stark Law and similar state laws;
 
  •  false and other improper claims;
 
  •  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA;
 
  •  civil monetary penalties;
 
  •  environmental health and safety laws;
 
  •  licensing; and
 
  •  certificates of need and permits of approval.

          If we fail to comply with these applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. Although we believe we are in material compliance with all applicable laws, these laws are complex and a review of our practices by a court or law enforcement or regulatory authority could result in an adverse determination that could harm our business. Furthermore, the laws applicable to us are subject to change, interpretation and amendment, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 
Medicare Participation

          During the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, 84.6% and 81.5%, respectively, of our net service revenue was received from Medicare. We expect to continue to receive the majority of our net service revenue from serving Medicare beneficiaries. Medicare is a federally funded and administered health insurance program, primarily for individuals entitled to social security benefits who are 65 or older or who are disabled. To participate in the Medicare program and receive Medicare payments, our agencies and facilities must comply with regulations promulgated by CMS. Among other things, these requirements, known as “conditions of participation,” relate to the type of facility, its personnel and its standards of medical care. Although we intend to continue to participate in the Medicare reimbursement programs, we cannot assure you that our agencies and programs will continue to qualify for participation.

          Under Medicare rules, the designation “provider-based” refers to circumstances in which a subordinate facility (e.g., a separately-certified Medicare provider, a department of a provider or a satellite facility) is treated as part of a provider for Medicare payment purposes. In these cases, the services of the subordinate facility are included in the “main” provider’s cost report and overhead costs of the main provider can be allocated to the subordinate facility, to the extent that they are shared. We operate three long-term acute care hospitals that are treated as provider-based satellites of certain of our other facilities. We also provide contract rehabilitation and management services to hospital rehabilitation departments that may be treated as provider-based. These facilities are required to satisfy certain operational standards in order to retain their provider-based status.

68


Table of Contents

 
Anti-Kickback Statute

          Provisions of the Social Security Act of 1965, commonly referred to as the Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibit the payment or receipt of anything of value in return for the referral of patients or arranging for the referral of patients, or in return for the recommendation, arrangement, purchase, lease or order of items or services that are covered by a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony, and sanctions include imprisonment of up to five years, criminal fines of up to $25,000, civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 per act plus three times the amount claimed or three times the remuneration offered, and exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including the Medicare and Medicaid programs). Many states have adopted similar prohibitions against payments that are intended to induce referrals of Medicaid and other third-party payor patients.

          The OIG has published numerous “safe harbors” that exempt some practices from enforcement action under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These safe harbors exempt specified activities, including bona-fide employment relationships, contracts for the rental of space or equipment, and personal service arrangements and management contracts, so long as all of the requirements of the safe harbor are met. The OIG has recognized that the failure of an arrangement to satisfy all of the requirements of a particular safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback statute. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that arrangements that do not satisfy a safe harbor are not in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute.

          We are required under the Medicare conditions of participation and some state licensing laws to contract with numerous healthcare providers and practitioners, including physicians, hospitals and nursing homes, and to arrange for these individuals or entities to provide services to our patients. In addition, we have contracts with other suppliers, including pharmacies, ambulance services and medical equipment companies. We have also entered into various joint ventures with hospitals and physicians for the ownership and management of home nursing agencies and long-term acute care hospitals. Some of these individuals or entities may refer, or be in a position to refer, patients to us, and we may refer, or be in a position to refer, patients to these individuals or entities. We attempt to structure these arrangements in a manner which meets a safe harbor. However, some of these arrangements may not meet all of the requirements of a safe harbor. We believe that our contracts and arrangements with providers, practitioners and suppliers do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or similar state laws. We cannot assure you, however, that these laws will ultimately be interpreted in a manner consistent with our practices.

          From time to time, various federal and state agencies, such as HHS, issue pronouncements, including fraud alerts, that identify practices that may be subject to heightened scrutiny. For example, the OIG’s 2005 Work Plan describes, among other things, the government’s intention to examine beneficiary access to home nursing services, the quality of home healthcare since implementation of the prospective payment system, payments to long-term acute care hospitals and acute-level services at long-term acute care hospitals.

          In June 1995, the OIG issued a special fraud alert that focused on the home nursing industry and identified some of the illegal practices the OIG has uncovered. In March 1998, the OIG issued a special fraud alert titled, Fraud and Abuse in Nursing Home Arrangements with Hospices. This special fraud alert focused on payments received by nursing homes from hospices. We believe, but cannot assure you, that our operations comply with the principles expressed by the OIG in these special fraud alerts.

          We endeavor to conduct our operations in compliance with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, our practices may be challenged in the future, and the fraud and abuse laws may be interpreted in a way that finds us in violation of these laws. If we are found to be in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, and we could be excluded from participating in federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The occurrence of any of these events could significantly harm our business and financial condition.

69


Table of Contents

 
Stark Law

          Congress has also passed significant prohibitions against certain physician referrals of patients for healthcare services. These prohibitions are commonly known as the Stark Law. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from making referrals for particular healthcare services (called designated health services) to entities with which the physician, or an immediate family member of the physician, has a financial relationship.

          The term “financial relationship” is defined very broadly to include most types of ownership or compensatory relationships. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving the referral from seeking payment under the Medicare and Medicaid programs for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral. If an entity is paid for services rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral, it may incur civil penalties and could be excluded from participating in the Medicare or Medicaid programs. If an arrangement is covered by the Stark Law, the requirements of a Stark Law exception must be met for the physician to be able to make referrals to the entity for designated health services and for the entity to be able to bill for these services.

          “Designated health services” under the Stark Law are defined to include clinical laboratory services; physical therapy services; occupational therapy services; radiology services, including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services; radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment, and supplies; prosthetics, orthotics, and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs; and inpatient and outpatient hospital services. The Stark Law defines a financial relationship to include: (1) a physician’s ownership or investment interest in an entity and (2) a compensation relationship between a physician and an entity. Under the Stark Law, financial relationships include both direct and indirect relationships.

          Physicians refer patients to us for several Stark Law designated health services, including home health services, inpatient and outpatient hospital services, and physical therapy services. We have compensation arrangements with some of these physicians or their professional practices in the form of medical director and consulting agreements. We also have operations owned by joint ventures in which physicians have an investment interest. In addition, other physicians who refer patients to our agencies and facilities may own our stock. As a result of these relationships, we could be deemed to have a financial relationship with physicians who refer patients to our facilities and agencies for designated health services. If so, the Stark Law would prohibit the physicians from making those referrals and would prohibit us from billing for the services unless a Stark Law exception applies.

          The Stark Law contains exceptions for certain physician ownership or investment interests in and certain physician compensation arrangements with entities. If a compensation arrangement or investment relationship between a physician, or immediate family member, and an entity satisfies all requirements for a Stark Law exception, the Stark Law will not prohibit the physician from referring patients to the entity for designated health services. The exceptions for compensation arrangements cover employment relationships, personal services contracts, and space and equipment leases, among others. The exceptions for a physician investment relationship include ownership in an entire hospital and ownership in rural providers. We believe our compensation arrangements with referring physicians and our physician investment relationships meet the requirements for an exception under the Stark Law and that our operations comply with the Stark Law.

          The Stark Law also includes an exception for a physician’s ownership or investment interest in certain entities through the ownership of stock. If a physician owns stock in an entity, and the stock is listed on a national exchange or is quoted on Nasdaq and the ownership meets certain other requirements, the Stark Law will not apply to prohibit the physician from referring to the entity for designated health services. The requirements for this Stark Law exception include a requirement that the entity issuing the stock have at least $75.0 million in stockholders’ equity at the end of its most recent fiscal year or on average during the previous three fiscal years.

70


Table of Contents

          If an entity violates the Stark Law, it could be subject to civil penalties of up to $15,000 per prohibited claim and up to $100,000 for knowingly entering into certain prohibited referral schemes. The entity also may be excluded from participating in federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid). If the Stark Law was found to apply to our relationships with referring physicians and no exceptions under the Stark Law were available, we would be required to restructure these relationships or refuse to accept referrals for designated health services from these physicians. If we were found to have submitted claims to Medicare or Medicaid for services provided pursuant to a referral prohibited by the Stark Law, we would be required to repay any amounts we received from Medicare for those services and could be subject to civil monetary penalties. Further, we could be excluded from participating in Medicare and Medicaid. If we were required to repay any amounts to Medicare, subjected to fines, or excluded from the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, our business and financial condition would be harmed significantly.

          Many states have physician relationship and referral statutes that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws generally apply regardless of payor. We believe that our operations are structured to comply with applicable state laws with respect to physician relationships and referrals. However, any finding that we are not in compliance with these state laws could require us to change our operations or could subject us to penalties. This, in turn, could have a negative impact on our operations.

 
False and Improper Claims

          The submission of claims to a federal or state healthcare program for items and services that are “not provided as claimed” may lead to the imposition of civil monetary penalties, criminal fines and imprisonment, and/or exclusion from participation in state and federally funded healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These false claims statutes include the Federal False Claims Act. Under the Federal False Claims Act, actions against a provider can be initiated by the federal government or by a private party on behalf of the federal government. These private parties are often referred to as qui tam relators, and relators are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the government. Both direct enforcement activity by the government and qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years. This development has increased the risk that a healthcare company like us will have to defend a false claims action, pay fines or be excluded from the Medicare and Medicaid programs as a result of an investigation arising out of false claims laws. Many states have enacted similar laws providing for the imposition of civil and criminal penalties for the filing of fraudulent claims. Because of the complexity of the government regulations applicable to our industry, we cannot assure that we will not be the subject of an action under the Federal False Claims Act or similar state law.

 
Anti-fraud Provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

          In an effort to combat healthcare fraud, Congress included several anti-fraud measures in HIPAA. Among other things, HIPAA broadened the scope of certain fraud and abuse laws, extended criminal penalties for Medicare and Medicaid fraud to other federal healthcare programs, and expanded the authority of the OIG to exclude persons and entities from participating in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. HIPAA also extended the Medicare and Medicaid civil monetary penalty provisions to other federal healthcare programs, increased the amounts of civil monetary penalties, and established a criminal healthcare fraud statute.

          Federal healthcare offenses under HIPAA include healthcare fraud and making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Under HIPAA, among other things, any person or entity that knowingly and willfully defrauds or attempts to defraud a healthcare benefit program is subject to a fine, imprisonment or both. Also under HIPAA, any person or entity that knowingly and willfully falsifies or conceals or covers up a material fact or makes any materially false or fraudulent statements in connection with the delivery of or payment of healthcare services by a healthcare benefit plan is subject to a fine, imprisonment or both. HIPAA applies not only to governmental plans but also to private payors.

71


Table of Contents

 
Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA

          HHS’s final regulations governing electronic transactions involving health information are part of the administrative simplification provisions of HIPAA. These regulations are commonly referred to as the Transaction Standards rule. The rule establishes standards for eight of the most common healthcare transactions by reference to technical standards promulgated by recognized standards publishing organizations. Under the new standards, any party transmitting or receiving health transactions electronically must send and receive data in a single format, rather than the large number of different data formats currently used. This rule will apply to us in connection with submitting and processing health claims. The Transaction Standards rule also applies to many of our payors and to our relationships with those payors. Since many of our payors might not have been able to accept transactions in the format required by the Transaction Standards rule by the original compliance date, we filed a timely compliance extension plan with HHS. We believe that our operations materially comply with the Transaction Standards rule.

          HHS also has final regulations implementing HIPAA that set forth standards for the privacy of individually-identifiable health information, referred to as protected health information. The regulations cover healthcare providers, healthcare clearinghouses and health plans. The privacy regulations require companies covered by the regulations to use and disclose protected health information only as allowed by the privacy regulations. Specifically, the privacy regulations require companies such as us to do the following, among other things:

  •  obtain patient authorization prior to certain uses or disclosures of protected health information;
 
  •  provide notice of privacy practices to patients and obtain an acknowledgement that the patient has received the notice;
 
  •  respond to requests from patients for access to or to obtain a copy of their protected health information;
 
  •  respond to patient requests for amendments of their protected health information;
 
  •  provide an accounting to patients of certain disclosure of their protected health information;
 
  •  enter into agreements with the companies’ business associates through which the business associates agree to use and disclose protected health information only as permitted by the agreement and the requirements of the privacy regulations;
 
  •  train the companies’ workforce in privacy compliance;
 
  •  designate a privacy officer;
 
  •  use and disclose only the minimum necessary information to accomplish a particular purpose; and
 
  •  establish policies and procedures with respect to uses and disclosures of protected health information.

          These regulatory requirements impose significant administrative and financial obligations on companies that use or disclose individually identifiable health information relating to the health of a patient. We have implemented new policies and procedures to maintain patient privacy and comply with HIPAA’s privacy regulations. The privacy regulations are extensive, and we may need to change some of our practices to comply with them as they are interpreted and as we deal with issues that arise.

          In February 2003, HHS published the final security regulations implementing HIPAA that govern the security of health information. The compliance date for the security regulations was April 21, 2005. The security regulations require the implementation of policies and procedures that establish administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for electronic protected health information. Companies covered by

72


Table of Contents

the security regulations are required to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of electronic protected health information. Specifically, among others things, companies are required to:

  •  conduct a thorough assessment of the potential risks and vulnerabilities to confidentiality, integrity, and availability of electronic protected health information and to reduce the risks and vulnerabilities to a reasonable and appropriate level as required by the security regulations;
 
  •  designate a security officer;
 
  •  establish policies relating to access by the companies’ workforce to electronic protected health information;
 
  •  enter into agreements with the companies’ business associates whereby business associates agree to establish administrative, physical, and technical safeguards for electronic protected health information received from or on behalf of the companies;
 
  •  create a disaster and contingency plan to ensure the availability of electronic protected health information;
 
  •  train the companies’ workforce in security compliance;
 
  •  establish physical controls for electronic devices and media containing or transmitting electronic protected health information;
 
  •  establish policies and procedures regarding the use of workstations with access to electronic protected health information; and
 
  •  establish technical controls for the information systems maintaining or transmitting electronic protected health information.

          These regulatory requirements impose significant administrative and financial obligations on companies like us that use or disclose electronic health information. Our operations are in compliance with the security regulations.

 
Civil Monetary Penalties

          The Secretary of HHS may impose civil monetary penalties on any person or entity that presents, or causes to be presented, certain ineligible claims for medical items or services. The amount of penalties varies depending on the offense, from $2,000 to $50,000 per violation, plus treble damages for the amount at issue and exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid).

          HHS also can impose penalties on a person or entity who offers inducements to beneficiaries for program services, who violates rules regarding the assignment of payments or who knowingly gives false or misleading information that could reasonably influence the discharge of patients from a hospital. Persons who have been excluded from a federal healthcare program and who retain ownership in a participating entity and persons who contract with excluded persons may be penalized.

          HHS also can impose penalties for false or fraudulent claims and those that include services not provided as claimed. In addition, HHS may impose penalties on claims:

  •  for physician services that the person or entity knew or should have known were rendered by a person who was unlicensed, or misrepresented either (1) his or her qualifications in obtaining his or her license or (2) his or her certification in a medical specialty;
 
  •  for services furnished by a person who was, at the time the claim was made, excluded from the program to which the claim was made; or
 
  •  that show a pattern of medically unnecessary items or services.

73


Table of Contents

          Penalties also are applicable in certain other cases, including violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, payments to limit certain patient services and improper execution of statements of medical necessity.

 
Environmental Health and Safety Laws

          We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the storage, use and disposal of materials and waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for storing, handling and disposing of these hazardous materials comply with the standards prescribed by law and regulation, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from those hazardous materials. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. We could incur significant costs and the diversion of our management’s attention in order to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations. We do not have any material estimated capital expenditures related to compliance with environmental, health and safety laws through calendar year 2005.

 
Licensing

          Our agencies and facilities are subject to state and local licensing regulations ranging from the adequacy of medical care to compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. In order to assure continued compliance with these various regulations, governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our agencies and facilities. Additionally, healthcare professionals at our agencies and facilities are required to be individually licensed or certified under applicable state law. We take steps to ensure that our employees and agents possess all necessary licenses and certifications.

          The institutional pharmacy operations within our facility-based services segment are subject to regulation by the various states in which business is conducted as well as by the federal government. The pharmacies are regulated under the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which are administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration. Under the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, which is administered by the United States Drug Enforcement Administration, dispensers of controlled substances must register with the Drug Enforcement Administration, file reports of inventories and transactions and provide adequate security measures. Failure to comply with such requirements could result in civil or criminal penalties.

          JCAHO is a nationwide commission that establishes standards relating to the physical plant, administration, quality of patient care and operation of medical staffs of hospitals. Currently, JCAHO accreditation of home nursing agencies is voluntary. However, managed care organizations use JCAHO accreditation as a minimum standard for regional and state contracts. As of March 31, 2005, JCAHO had accredited 29 of our home nursing agencies. Those not yet accredited are working towards achieving this accreditation, which can take up to six months.

 
Certificate of Need and Permit of Approval Laws

          In addition to state licensing laws, some states require a provider to obtain a certificate of need or permit of approval prior to establishing or expanding certain health services or facilities. States with certificate of need or permit of approval laws place limits on both the construction and acquisition of healthcare facilities and operations and the expansion of existing facilities and services. In these states, approvals are required for capital expenditures exceeding amounts that involve certain facilities or services, including home nursing agencies. In addition, the state of Louisiana has imposed a moratorium on the issuance of new licenses for home nursing agencies that is effective until July 1, 2008. Of the 14 states in which intend to pursue expansion opportunities, Alabama, Arkansas, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and West Virginia have certificate of need or permit of approval laws. The certificate of need or permit of approval issued by the state determines the service areas for the applicable agency or program.

74


Table of Contents

          State certificate of need and permit of approval laws generally provide that, prior to the addition of new capacity, the construction of new facilities or the introduction of new services, a designated state health planning agency must determine that a need exists for those beds, facilities or services. The process is intended to promote comprehensive healthcare planning, assist in providing high quality healthcare at the lowest possible cost and avoid unnecessary duplication by ensuring that only those healthcare facilities and operations that are needed will be built and opened.

Insurance

          We are subject to claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. To cover claims that may arise, we maintain professional malpractice liability insurance, general liability insurance, automobile liability insurance, and workers’ compensation/employer’s liability in amounts that we believe are appropriate and sufficient for our operations. We maintain professional malpractice and general liability insurance that provide primary coverage on a claims-made basis of $1.0 million per incident and $3.0 million in annual aggregate amounts. We maintain workers’ compensation insurance that meets state statutory requirements with a primary employer liability limit of $1.0 million for Louisiana, Mississippi and Arkansas and $500,000 in Texas. We maintain Automobile Liability for all owned, hired, and non-owned autos with a primary limit of $1.0 million. In addition, we currently maintain multiple layers of umbrella coverage in the aggregate amount of $5.0 million that provides excess coverage for professional malpractice, general liability, automobile liability and employer’s liability. Directors and Officers liability insurance in the aggregate amount of $15.0 million will be in effect prior to the time this offering is completed. The cost and availability of such coverage has varied widely in recent years. While we believe that our insurance policies and coverage are adequate for a business enterprise of our type, we cannot assure you that our insurance coverage is sufficient to cover all future claims or that it will continue to be available in adequate amounts or at a reasonable cost.

Legal Proceedings

          We are involved in litigation and proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe that the outcome of any of the matters in which we are currently involved, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Properties

          As of March 31, 2005 we owned or managed 61 locations in Louisiana, two in Alabama, five in Arkansas, 12 in Mississippi, and five in Texas. Our home office is located in Lafayette, Louisiana in 19,159 square feet of leased office space, under a lease that commenced on March 1, 2004 and expires February 28, 2014. Typically, our home nursing agencies are located in leased facilities. Generally, the leases for our home nursing agencies have initial terms of one year, but range from one to five years. Most of the leases either contain multiple options to extend the lease period in one-year increments or convert to a month-to-month lease upon the expiration of the initial term. All six locations of our four long-term acute care hospitals are hospitals within a hospital, meaning we have a lease or sublease for space with the host hospital. Generally, our leases or subleases for long-term acute care hospitals have initial terms of five years, but range from three to ten years. Most of our leases and subleases for our long-term acute care hospitals contain multiple options to extend the term in one-year increments.

Employees

          As of March 31, 2005 we had 2,554 employees, of which 1,422 were full-time and 1,132 were part-time employees, and approximately 374 independent contractors. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees and independent contractors to be good.

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth, as of June 8, 2005, information about our executive officers and directors.

             
Name Age Position(s)



Keith G. Myers
    44     President and Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors
R. Barr Brown
    47     Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Director
John L. Indest
    54     Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Home-Based Services, Secretary, Director
Daryl J. Doise
    46     Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Facility-Based Services
W.J. “Billy” Tauzin(3)
    61     Director
W. Patrick Mulloy, II(2)
    51     Director
Earline H. Bihm(3)
    64     Director
Ronald T. Nixon(1)(3)
    48     Director
Ted W. Hoyt(1)(2)
    50     Director
George A. Lewis(1)(2)
    68     Director


(1)  Audit Committee member
 
(2)  Compensation Committee member
 
(3)  Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Keith G. Myers is our co-founder, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (or similar positions in our predecessors) since 1994. Prior to joining us, Mr. Myers founded, co-owned and operated Louisiana Premium Seafoods, Inc., an international food processing, procurement and distribution company. Mr. Myers received credentials in 1999 from the National Association for Home Care with regard to the home/hospice care sector. Mr. Myers was named Business Executive of the Year in 1999 by Louisiana Rural Health Association and Entrepreneur of the Year in the healthcare category by Ernst & Young LLP with respect to the Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi Region.

          R. Barr Brown joined us in April 2000 as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has served as a director and Treasurer since August 2004. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Brown was employed with Equity Corporation International, where he served as Managing Director of Corporate Development for the southern United States. Mr. Brown has also served as the Chief Financial and Administrative Officer and as a member of the board of directors for the Kasler Corporation. Mr. Brown, a Certified Public Accountant, received his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, with a major in accounting, from Louisiana State University and commenced his professional career with Arthur Young & Co., where he was employed from 1979 to 1984.

          John L. Indest has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Home-Based Services since May 2001. Mr. Indest has served as a director since June 2000 and as Secretary since August 2004. From November 1998 to May 2001, Mr. Indest served as our Vice President. Prior to joining us in November 1998, Mr. Indest served as President, Chief Executive Officer and co-owner of Homebound Care, Inc., a regional home health provider. Mr. Indest has testified before the United States House of Representatives’ Ways and Means Subcommittee on healthcare issues and currently serves as co-chairman of the Louisiana Task Force on Ethics, overseeing compliance issues applicable to home health and hospice in the state of Louisiana. Mr. Indest is a registered nurse with a Masters of Science in Health Services Administration from the University of St. Francis.

76


Table of Contents

          Daryl J. Doise has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Facility-Based Services since May 2002, with responsibility for the management and business development of our facility-based services segment. Prior to joining us, Mr. Doise was employed for the previous four years by Quorum Health Services where he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Opelousas General Hospital, a 200-bed hospital with over 800 employees. Mr. Doise has also served as an officer and member of the board of directors of the Louisiana Hospital Association. Mr. Doise received a Bachelor of Science degree from Louisiana State University, with a major in accounting, and earned a Masters of Business Administration from Tulane University.

          W.J. “Billy” Tauzin was appointed as our lead independent director in January 2005. In December 2004, Congressman Tauzin was named President and Chief Executive Officer of the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, a trade group that serves as one of the pharmaceutical industry’s top lobbying groups. He served 12 terms in the U.S. House of Representatives, representing Louisiana’s 3rd Congressional District since being first sworn in 1980. From January 2001 through December 2004, Congressman Tauzin served as Chairman of the House Committee on Energy and Commerce. He also served as a senior member of the House Resources Committee and Deputy Majority Whip. Prior to being a member of Congress, Congressman Tauzin was a member of the Louisiana State Legislature, where he served as Chairman of the House Natural Resources Committee and Chief Administration Floor Leader. Congressman Tauzin received a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Nicholls State University in 1964 and a Juris Doctorate from Louisiana State University in 1967.

          W. Patrick Mulloy, II was appointed as a director in January 2005. From September 2001 to November 2004, Mr. Mulloy served as President and Chief Executive Officer of LifeTrust America, a privately held senior housing company which owned and operated assisted living communities in seven states across the Southeast. In 2004, LifeTrust merged with Five Star Quality Care, Inc., a publicly traded senior housing company. From 1996 until 2000, Mr. Mulloy served as Chief Executive Officer, President and as a director of Atria, Inc., an operator of assisted and retirement living facilities. Prior to joining Atria, Mr. Mulloy was a partner at Greenebaum, Doll and McDonald, PLLC, a law firm headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, and, from 1992 to 1994, he served as the Secretary of Finance to the Governor of Kentucky. Mr. Mulloy received a Bachelor of Arts Degree in 1974 and a Juris Doctorate in 1977, each from Vanderbilt University, where he was a member of the Phi Beta Kappa Society.

          Earline H. Bihm has served as a director since 1994 and served as our Secretary of the Board of Directors from June 2002 to July 2004. Mayor Bihm received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Louisiana, Lafayette and taught in the public school system of St. Landry Parish for 33 years before retiring from teaching in 1997. Mayor Bihm held the position of councilman for the Village of Palmetto from 1969 to 2002 and has served as Mayor of the Village of Palmetto from March 2002 to present.

          Ronald T. Nixon has served as a director since July 2001. Mr. Nixon is a founding principal of The Catalyst Group, formed in 1990, which manages two small business investment companies, or SBICs, one participating preferred SBIC and three private equity investment funds. Prior to joining The Catalyst Group, Mr. Nixon operated companies in the manufacturing, distribution and service sectors. Mr. Nixon serves on numerous private boards. Mr. Nixon holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering that he received from the University of Texas at Austin and is a registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas.

          Ted W. Hoyt has served as a director since August 2004. Mr. Hoyt has practiced corporate and tax law since 1977, counseling both private and public corporations. Since January 1999, Mr. Hoyt has served as the Managing General Manager of the law firm of Hoyt, Hodge & Stanford, LLC. Mr. Hoyt was the co-founder of Omni Geophysical Corporation, which later became Omni Energy Services, a publicly traded company, for which he served as a director and officer from 1986 to 1996. Mr. Hoyt has also served as a tax attorney with the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service. Mr. Hoyt holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration degree from the University of Louisiana, Lafayette,

77


Table of Contents

a Juris Doctorate from Louisiana State University and a Masters in Tax Law degree from Georgetown University. Mr. Hoyt is admitted to the Bar in Louisiana, New York and the District of Columbia.

          George A. Lewis has served as a director since August 2004. Mr. Lewis commenced his auditing career with Arthur Andersen & Co. in 1958. In 1963, Mr. Lewis joined the firm of Broussard, Poche, Lewis & Breaux, L.L.P., Certified Public Accountants, where he served as an audit partner until his retirement in 1996. Since 1996, Mr. Lewis has primarily served as an expert audit and accounting defense witness with respect to litigation involving various nationally recognized accounting firms. Mr. Lewis has served on various committees of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, including as a member of the Auditing Standards Board from 1990 to 1994, and as a member of the Society of Louisiana Certified Public Accountants. At present, Mr. Lewis serves as Chairman of the AICPA/CICA ElderCare/PrimePlus Task Force and has authored an education course to train CPAs to deal with issues of the elderly. Mr. Lewis received a Bachelor of Accounting from Louisiana State University.

Board of Directors

          In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation, the terms of office of the directors are divided into three classes:

  •  Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006;
 
  •  Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007; and
 
  •  Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008.

          The Class I directors are Messrs. Brown and Mulloy and Ms. Bihm, the Class II directors are Messrs. Nixon, Indest and Tauzin, and the Class III directors are Messrs. Myers, Hoyt and Lewis. At each annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting in lieu thereof, after the initial classification of the board of directors, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election, or special meeting held in lieu thereof. The number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors or a super-majority vote of the stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of management.

Board Committees

 
Audit Committee

          Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Lewis, Hoyt and Nixon. The purpose of the audit committee is to assist our board of directors in its general oversight of our financial reporting, internal controls and audit functions. Among other functions, the audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. Each member of the audit committee satisfies the requirements for membership established by Nasdaq and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Lewis is a “financial expert” within the definition of that term set forth in the regulations under the Securities Act. Mr. Lewis will serve as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 
Compensation Committee

          Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Hoyt, Lewis and Mulloy. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and administers our stock plans and employee benefit plans. The compensation committee is responsible for producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement for each annual meeting of stockholders. Each member of the compensation

78


Table of Contents

committee satisfies the requirements for membership established by Nasdaq. Mr. Hoyt currently serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Tauzin and Nixon and Ms. Bihm. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying qualified individuals to serve on the board of directors, developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate policies and principles, and overseeing an annual evaluation of the board of directors. Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the requirements for membership established by Nasdaq. Mr. Tauzin currently serves as the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and as our lead independent director.

Independent Director Compensation

          Our lead independent director receives compensation of $50,000 per year, plus an initial restricted stock grant of 7,000 shares, which will vest over a two year period, and annual option grants to acquire 3,500 shares of our common stock, which options are fully vested upon issuance. Our other independent directors receive compensation of $24,000 per year and an additional $6,000 per year for each committee on which they serve. Committee chairpersons receive an additional $6,000 per year for each committee they chair. Our current independent directors will also receive an initial restricted stock grant of 3,500 shares upon the completion of this offering, which will vest over a two year period, and annual option grants to acquire 2,000 shares of our common stock, which options will be fully vested upon issuance. All independent directors also receive $300 for each non-regularly scheduled board meeting attended. All stock options granted to our non-employee directors will be granted pursuant to our 2005 Director Compensation Plan and will be governed by the terms of such plan. The shares issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan will be issued from the 1,000,000 shares reserved for issuance under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          Prior to establishing the compensation committee, the board of directors as a whole performed the functions delegated to the compensation committee. No member of the board of directors or the compensation committee serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

          Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct and code of ethics applicable to all our officers, directors and employees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. Our code of conduct and code of ethics is available on our website.

79


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

          The following table sets forth certain elements of compensation for our chief executive officer and the four additional most highly compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004:

Summary Compensation Table

                                           
Long-Term
Compensation

Annual Compensation Restricted

Stock, All Other
Name and Principal Position Year Salary Bonus Award(s)(1) Compensation(2)






Keith G. Myers
    2004     $ 250,000     $ 157,824     $ 32,617     $ 7,059  
  President, Chief Executive Officer and                                        
  Chairman of the Board                                        
R. Barr Brown
    2004       225,000       109,940       2,994,894       7,661  
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial                                        
  Officer, Treasurer and Director                                        
John L. Indest
    2004       225,000       101,654       69,894       12,094  
  Senior Vice President, Chief Operating                                        
  Officer of Home-Based Services,                                        
  Secretary and Director                                        
Daryl J. Doise
    2004       165,000       71,170       117,049       3,529  
  Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer of Facility-Based Services                                        


(1)  Amounts in this column include the value of KEEP Units granted under the KEEP Plan. The KEEP Units represent the right to receive a cash or stock payment based on the future value of the company, where 10.0 million KEEP Units equal 100.0% of the company’s value. KEEP Units are subject to a five year vesting schedule with accelerated vesting upon a sale of the company or in the event of an initial public offering. In connection with this offering, all outstanding KEEP Units will become fully vested and non-forfeitable, and will convert to and be settled in shares of common stock of the company on a one-for-one basis. The number and aggregate value of the KEEP Units held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2004 were as follows: Keith G. Myers — 21,000 KEEP Units for an aggregate value of $273,000; John L. Indest — 33,000 KEEP Units for an aggregate value of $429,000; R. Barr Brown — 258,000 KEEP Units for an aggregate value of $3,354,000; and Daryl J. Doise — 77,430 KEEP Units for an aggregate value of $1,006,590. For purposes of determining the value of KEEP Unit grants issued to our named executive officers during 2004, we used the valuation of LHC as of December 31, 2003 in calculating the fair market value of KEEP Unit issuances made in the first quarter of 2004 and we used our anticipated initial public offering price as of December 31, 2004 of $13.00 per share in calculating the fair market value of KEEP Unit issuances made to Mr. Brown in the fourth quarter of 2004.
 
(2)  Amounts in this column reflect 401(k) plan matching contributions of $2,099 for Mr. Myers, $2,854 for Mr. Indest, $2,701 for Mr. Brown, and $2,309 for Mr. Doise; long-term disability premiums of $1,220 paid on behalf of each of the named executive officers; and life insurance premiums of $3,740 paid on behalf of Mr. Myers, $8,020 for Mr. Indest and $3,740 for Mr. Brown.

Employee Benefit Plans

 
2003 Key Employee Equity Participation Plan

          Our 2003 KEEP Plan was adopted by our board of directors on March 28, 2003. The KEEP Plan provides for the grant of awards to employees and officers in the form of KEEP Units which represent the right to receive a cash or stock payment in the future, based on the future value of the company, and subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture. The value of the KEEP Units is based on the fair market value of the Company, where 10.0 million KEEP Units equals 100.0% of the Company. The

80


Table of Contents

KEEP Units are subject to a five-year vesting schedule from the date of grant (10.0%, 15.0%, 25.0%, 25.0% and 25.0% per year, respectively). In addition, any unvested KEEP Units will vest (i) upon a sale of the Company or an initial public offering of a class of securities of the Company, (ii) upon a participant’s death or disability (provided he or she has been employed with the Company for at least three years), or (iii) two years after a participant’s retirement (provided he or she has been employed with the Company for at least three years and has not violated the terms of any noncompetition agreement with the Company).

          The cash value of vested KEEP Units will be paid to a participant following his or her termination of employment in five equal installments as follows: 20.0% to be paid within 90 days of termination and then 20.0% on each of the first four anniversaries of the termination. In the event of a sale of the Company, the KEEP Units would automatically vest and would be redeemed for cash and/or stock (in the same proportion of cash and stock as the consideration received by members of the Company in the sale transaction). In the event of an initial public offering of a class of securities of the Company, the KEEP Units would automatically vest and would be converted into shares of common stock.

          In connection with this offering, all outstanding KEEP Units will become fully vested and non-forfeitable, and will convert to and be settled in shares of common stock of the company on a one-for-one basis. The board of directors has determined that no additional awards of KEEP Units will be granted under the KEEP Plan.

 
2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan

          Our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and stockholders on January 20, 2005. It will go into effect as of the closing of this offering. The purpose of the incentive plan is to promote our success and enhance our value by linking the personal interests of participants to those of the stockholders, and by providing such persons with an incentive for outstanding performance.

          The incentive plan authorizes the granting of awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants in the following forms:

  •  options to purchase shares of our common stock, which may be nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;
 
  •  stock appreciation rights, which give the holder the right to receive the difference between the fair market value per share on the date of exercise over the grant price;
 
  •  performance awards, which are payable in cash or stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals;
 
  •  restricted stock, which is subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions set by the compensation committee;
 
  •  restricted stock units, which give the holder the right to receive shares of stock, or the equivalent value in cash or other property, in the future;
 
  •  dividend equivalents, which entitle the participant to payments equal to any dividends paid on the shares of stock underlying an award;
 
  •  performance-based cash awards, which give the holder the right to a cash award to be paid upon achievement of specified performance goals; and
 
  •  other stock-based awards in the discretion of the compensation committee, including unrestricted stock grants.

          The number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the incentive plan is 1,000,000  shares. Not more than 1,000,000 shares of stock may be granted in the form of incentive stock options. In the event that any outstanding award for any reason is cancelled or forfeited, terminates, expires, lapses or is settled in cash, any unissued shares subject to the award will again be available for issuance under the

81


Table of Contents

incentive plan. If a participant pays the exercise price of an option by delivering to us previously owned shares, only the number of shares we issue in excess of the surrendered shares will count against the incentive plan’s share limit. Also, if the full number of shares subject to an option is not issued upon exercise for any reason (other than to satisfy a tax withholding obligation), only the net number of shares actually issued upon exercise will count against the incentive plan’s share limit.

          The incentive plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee has the authority to:

  •  designate participants;
 
  •  determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each participant and the number, terms and conditions of awards;
 
  •  establish, adopt or revise any rules and regulations to administer the incentive plan; and
 
  •  make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the incentive plan.

Our board of directors may at any time administer the incentive plan. In the event that the board of directors chooses to administer the incentive plan, it will have all the powers of the compensation committee regarding administration of the incentive plan.

          All awards must be evidenced by a written award certificate, which will include the provisions specified by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the exercise price for nonstatutory stock options. The exercise price for any option cannot be less than the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of the grant.

          Under Section 162(m) of the Code, a public company generally may not deduct compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to its chief executive officer and the four next most highly compensated executive officers. Until the annual meeting of our stockholders in 2009, or until the incentive plan is materially amended, if earlier, awards granted under the incentive plan will be exempt from the deduction limits of Section 162(m). In order for awards granted after the expiration of such grace period to be exempt, the incentive plan must be amended to comply with the exemption conditions and be resubmitted for approval by our stockholders.

          In the event of certain corporate transactions (including any stock dividend, stock split, merger, spin-off, or related transaction), the share authorization limits described above will be adjusted proportionately, and the compensation committee may adjust awards to preserve their benefits or potential benefits.

          Unless otherwise provided in an award certificate, upon the death, disability or retirement of a participant, all of his or her outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and other awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised, will become fully vested, time-based vesting restrictions on outstanding awards will lapse, and any performance-based criteria will be deemed to be satisfied at the greater of “target” or actual performance as of the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided in an award certificate, if a participant’s employment is terminated without cause or the participant resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the incentive plan) within two years after a change in control of the company, all of such participant’s outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and other awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised will become fully vested, time-based vesting restrictions on outstanding awards will lapse, and any performance-based criteria will be deemed to be satisfied at the greater of “target” or actual performance as of the date of termination. In addition, an award certificate or plan document may provide that all of a participant’s outstanding options, stock appreciation rights and other awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised will become fully vested, time-based vesting restrictions on outstanding awards will lapse, and any performance-based criteria will be deemed to be satisfied at the greater of “target” or actual performance upon the occurrence of a specified future event, including, but not limited to, a change in control of our company or the participant’s termination of employment in connection with a change of control of our company. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting of an option, stock appreciation right, or any other award in the nature

82


Table of Contents

of rights that may be exercised and/or may determine that all or a part of the time-based vesting restrictions on all or a portion of a participant’s outstanding awards will lapse and/or that any performance-based criteria with respect to any awards will be deemed to be wholly or partially satisfied, in each case, as of such date as the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, declare, and the compensation committee may discriminate among participants or among awards in exercising its discretion.

          Our board of directors or the compensation committee may at any time terminate or amend the incentive plan without stockholder approval, but any amendment would be subject to stockholder approval if, in the reasonable opinion of the board or the compensation committee, the amendment would:

  •  materially increase the number of shares available under the incentive plan;
 
  •  expand the types of awards available under the incentive plan;
 
  •  materially expand the class of participants eligible to participate in the incentive plan;
 
  •  materially extend the term of the incentive plan; or
 
  •  otherwise constitute a material change requiring stockholder approval under applicable laws or the applicable requirements of Nasdaq.

          No termination or amendment of the incentive plan may reduce or diminish the value of an outstanding award determined as if the award had been exercised, vested, cashed in or otherwise settled on the date of such amendment or termination. The compensation committee may amend or terminate outstanding awards, but such amendments may require the consent of the participant and, unless approved by our stockholders or otherwise permitted by the antidilution provisions of the incentive plan, the exercise price of an outstanding option may not be reduced, directly or indirectly, and the original term of an option may not be extended.

          We estimate that, as of the date of the closing of this offering, substantially all of our employees, officers and directors will be eligible to participate in the incentive plan. Any awards will be made at the discretion of the compensation committee. Therefore, it is not presently possible to determine the benefits or amounts that will be received by any individuals or groups pursuant to the incentive plan in the future.

LHC Group Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan

          Since January 1, 1998, we have maintained the LHC Group Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan, which is a tax-qualified, defined contribution plan subject to regulation under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA. Eligible employees may generally begin participating in the plan on the first day of the next calendar month after they complete three consecutive months of service.

          Participants may elect to defer up to the lesser of 100.0% of their compensation or the Internal Revenue Service limit in effect for a given plan year (e.g. $13,000 in 2004, $14,000 in 2005, $15,000 in 2006). Catch-up contributions for participants who have reached age 50 are also available under the plan. Compensation for plan purposes generally means a participant’s total compensation plus any salary deferrals made to this plan, a Code Section 125 cafeteria plan, a Code Section 457 plan and under any transportation fringe benefit arrangement.

          Each plan year, we may determine whether to make an employer matching contribution to the plan. The amount of any matching contribution will be a discretionary percentage of each participant’s salary deferrals during the plan year up to a maximum percentage determined by us. Any matching contribution we decide to make will be allocated to those participants who are employed on the last day of the plan year and who have at least 1,000 hours of service during the year.

          Each plan year, we also may contribute an employer profit-sharing contribution to the plan. The amount of this profit-sharing contribution is discretionary and is determined by us each year. Participants, in order to receive a portion of this profit-sharing contribution, must be employed on the last day of the plan year and must have completed at least 1,000 hours of service during the year. A participant generally

83


Table of Contents

vests in his employer matching contributions and employer profit-sharing contributions on a six year graded schedule.

          Before a participant terminates employment, he may receive a distribution of his vested account balance once he reaches his normal retirement age (the later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of a participant’s participation in the plan). A participant may also receive a distribution of amounts attributable to his salary deferrals under the plan and his rollover contributions in the event of a financial hardship. Participant loans are also available under the plan. At termination of employment, participants may receive distributions in the form of a lump sum (either of their entire account balance or of a portion of the account balance).

          Participants may direct the investment of their account balances in various investment options offered under the plan.

Employment and Change of Control Agreements

          We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers, to be effective upon the date of this prospectus, that are expected to include substantially the terms described below.

          Term. The named executive officers’ employment agreements have an initial term of three years, and thereafter each of the agreements will be automatically extended for additional one-year periods unless the company or the executive officer gives notice to the other party at least 60 days prior to the then-current term.

          Salary and Benefits. Each of the named executive officers is entitled to a base annual salary (subject to annual review and increases for merit performance) and is entitled to participate in all incentive, savings, retirement and welfare benefit plans generally made available to our senior management personnel. The initial annual salaries of the named executive officers are as follows: Mr. Myers: $275,000; Mr. Indest: $250,000; Mr. Brown: $250,000; and Mr. Doise: $200,000. Each of the named executive officers is entitled to participate in our executive bonus plan, pursuant to which he will have an opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus based upon achievement of performance goals established by the compensation committee of our board of directors. In addition, each of the named executive officers is entitled to fringe benefits generally made available to our senior management personnel.

          Termination. The employment agreements may be terminated by us at any time with or without “cause” (as defined therein), or by the executive with or without “good reason” (as defined therein). The agreements will also be terminated upon the death, disability or retirement of the executive. Depending on the reason for the termination and when it occurs, the executive will be entitled to certain severance benefits, as described below.

          If a named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to unpaid base salary, prorated annual bonus and accrued benefits through the termination date, plus a severance amount equal to a multiple of his base salary and target annual bonus. We will also provide the executive with welfare benefit plan coverage following such termination for a specified number of years. In addition, if a named executive officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, all stock options and other equity awards will become immediately vested and exercisable.

          If any of the named executive officers is terminated for cause or if he resigns without good reason, he will be entitled to his accrued salary and benefits through the date of termination. If a named executive officer’s employment is terminated by reason of his death, disability or retirement, he (or his estate, as applicable) will be entitled to his accrued salary, a prorated annual bonus, and any accrued benefits and disability or retirement benefits that may apply.

          Restrictive Covenants. The employment agreements include a covenant not to disclose confidential information or compete with us, and not to solicit our customers or recruit our employees, for a period of two years following the termination of employment.

84


Table of Contents

          Change of Control. The employment agreements include change of control provisions. If the officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined) during the two year period following a change of control, he will receive severance benefits in an amount equal to a multiple of his salary and target bonus for the year of termination. In addition, the officer will continue to receive health and welfare insurance coverage for a period of one to three years and his outstanding options and other equity awards will become fully vested.

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Catalyst Fund and Southwest/Catalyst Capital Investments

          In July 2001, we entered into a Loan Agreement with The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd., or the Catalyst Entities, involving an aggregate amount of $2.0 million. These loans were evidenced by individual promissory notes; each in the principal amount of $1.0 million, accruing interest at a rate of 12.0% per annum and payable in equal monthly installments of approximately $26,000 in principal and interest, due July 1, 2006. As of March 31, 2005, approximately $730,000 in principal and interest remained outstanding under these promissory notes.

          The terms of these promissory notes provide for prepayment penalties and fees in the amount of 3.0%, 2.0% and 1.0% of any amount prepaid during years one, two and three, respectively. In addition, any prepayment of principal must be in an amount equal to or exceeding $50,000. There are exceptions to these prepayment penalties where payments are made as a result of excess operating cash flow.

          In order to guarantee repayment under these notes, the Catalyst Entities possess a security interest in our equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, general intangibles, chattel paper and instruments. Also serving as collateral is the assignment of a Key Employee Life Insurance Policy with regard to Keith G. Myers in the amount of $2.0 million, of which we are named beneficiary.

          In connection with the Loan Agreement, we entered into a Consulting Agreement with the Catalyst Entities under which they agreed to provide assistance, advice and consultation with respect to our operations, marketing and financial structure and performance in consideration of the issuance of warrants to purchase up to the equivalent of an aggregate of 966,813 shares of our currently outstanding common stock. These warrants were exercised in their entirety in March 2002 for a total of $1,000. As a result of the exercise of these warrants, shares held by the Catalyst Entities represented an aggregate of approximately 8.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock prior to this offering.

          Ronald T. Nixon, one of our directors, serves as an executive officer of each of the Catalyst Entities. Mr. Nixon was elected to our board of directors as the Catalyst Entities’ nominee pursuant to the July 2001 Loan Agreement. No other investors participated in the July 2001 transactions. We intend to repay the amounts outstanding under the Catalyst Loan Agreement with the proceeds of this offering.

Sunset Clinic Lease Arrangement

          In July 2003, one of our indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries, Louisiana Physical Therapy, LLC, entered into a Lease Agreement with Oak Shadows of Sunset, LLC for approximately 7,250 square feet of space located in Grand Coteau, Louisiana. The Lease Agreement had an initial 10-year term that was to expire in July 2013, with an option to extend for additional successive one-year periods on the same terms. The Lease Agreement granted no right of termination. The Lease Agreement required monthly payments of approximately $4,000 for the initial term for the use of the space plus maintenance, taxes, insurance and other expenses.

          At the time of the Lease Agreement’s execution, Keith G. Myers, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, held 100.0% of the membership interests in Oak Shadows. On December 1, 2004, pursuant to a Transfer and Assignment of LLC Membership Interest, Mr. Myers, as the sole member of Oak Shadows, transferred this membership interest, which included land and building with a net book value of approximately $279,000, to us in exchange for our assumption of Mr. Myers’s guarantee of mortgage indebtedness relating to the property, in the form of two note payables whose principal balances totaled approximately $282,000. Upon our acquisition of Mr. Myers’s membership interest, the July 2003 Lease Agreement was terminated.

86


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Common Stock from Certain Stockholders

          In March 2001, Rebecca and Byron Briggs agreed to sell us the equivalent of an aggregate of 3,881,663 shares of our currently outstanding common stock. The purchase price was paid pursuant to a promissory note in the principal amount of approximately $1.0 million. The note bore interest at a rate of 15.5% and payments of approximately $25,000 were due on the first of each month, beginning March 1, 2001. In March 2005 we satisfied in full our outstanding obligations under this note.

          The repurchased shares are held in escrow as collateral for the payment of the purchase price. As we pay each monthly installment due under the promissory note, a proportion of the total repurchased shares is released to us. This proportion is determined by dividing the principal amount paid in the particular installment by a price per share of $0.268. The sole and exclusive remedy available in the event of default under the promissory note is foreclosure on the remaining collateral. We intend to satisfy this note in full prior to the completion of this offering.

          We are also contingently liable to pay Mr. and Mrs. Briggs approximately $337,500 related to an earn-out payment under a noncompete agreement, which is payable on or before March 31, 2006 if our gross collected revenues equal or exceed $225,693,359 between January 1, 2001 and December 31, 2005. We met the revenue earn-out threshold in the quarter ended December 31, 2004, and recorded a compensation charge of $337,500 in that period.

Shareholders Agreement for Hebert, Thibodeaux, Albro and Touchet Therapy Group, Inc.

          We and the shareholders of Hebert, Thibodeaux, Albro and Touchet Therapy Group, Inc., including two of our significant stockholders, Christopher B. Thibodeaux and David D. Hebert, entered into a shareholders agreement in April 2004 for the purpose of governing one of our joint ventures. Under the terms of this shareholders agreement, Messrs. Thibodeaux, Hebert, Albro and Touchet have the right to convert their equity interests in the joint venture into shares of our common stock upon the consummation of this offering. In November 2004, Messrs. Thibodeaux, Hebert, Albro and Touchet agreed to convert their equity interests in the joint venture into an aggregate of 68,036 shares of our common stock, of which an aggregate of 40,960 shares will be issued to Messrs. Hebert and Thibodeaux, respectively, effective upon the completion of this offering. In connection with their conversion, the shareholders agreement with respect to Hebert, Thibodeaux, Albro and Touchet Therapy Group, Inc. will be terminated and we will be released from any further obligations thereunder.

Indebtedness of Certain Officers

          In October 2004, R. Barr Brown, who serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and as a director, repaid in full a promissory note held by us in the principal amount of $90,000. The promissory note, which had an interest rate of 7.0% per annum, was formerly secured by 33,000 KEEP Units issued by our predecessor, LHC Group, LLC and held by Mr. Brown. In connection with its repayment by Mr. Brown, the promissory note was canceled and our security interest in Mr. Brown’s KEEP Units was terminated.

          Mr. Brown was formerly the obligor under another promissory note in our favor in the principal amount of $123,401, which note had an interest rate of 6.0% per annum and was due on or before March 2010. Mr. Brown was entitled under the note to prepay all or any part of this obligation without penalty. This promissory note was intended to serve as payment of the purchase price for 225,000 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Brown pursuant to a Subscription Agreement in March 2004. As security for the repayment of the promissory note, Mr. Brown concurrently executed an Act of Pledge in which he granted us the right to sell any or all of his membership units in the event of default under or non-payment of the promissory note. In exchange for the return of the shares of common stock formerly issued to Mr. Brown, this promissory note was cancelled in June 2004.

87


Table of Contents

          We will not borrow from or provide loans to any of our directors, officers or stockholders in the future.

Indemnification Agreements with Certain Officers and Directors

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. See “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

88


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of June 8, 2005, by the following individuals or groups: (1) each person, or group of affiliated persons, whom we know beneficially owns more than 5.0% of our outstanding stock; (2) each of our named executive officers; (3) each of our directors; (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (5) each of our stockholders selling shares in this offering.

          Except as indicated by footnote, and except for community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on information provided to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. The percentage of beneficial ownership before the offering is based on 13,091,870 shares of common stock deemed outstanding as of June 8, 2005, which assumes conversion of the joint venture equity interests of two of our joint venture partners into 518,036 aggregate shares of our common stock in connection with this offering, gives effect to the issuance of 481,680 shares of our common stock upon conversion of outstanding KEEP Units and gives effect to the issuance of 7,000 shares of vested restricted common stock upon the completion of this offering.

                                                                   
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Shares Beneficially Shares to Owned After Offering
Offering Shares to Owned After Offering be Sold in with Over-Allotment
Name and Address of
be Sold in
Over-
Beneficial Owner (1) Number Percent Offering Number Percent Allotment Number Percent









Named Executive Officers
                                                               
 
Keith G. Myers(2)
    4,514,337       34.5 %     407,864       4,106,473       24.7 %     225,894       3,880,579       23.4 %
 
R. Barr Brown(3)
    258,000       2.0       24,634       233,366       1.4       13,643       219,723       1.3  
 
John L. Indest(4)
    649,137       5.0       59,888       589,249       3.6       33,168       556,081       3.4  
 
Daryl J. Doise(5)
    77,430       *             77,430       *             77,430       *  
Directors
                                                               
 
Earline H. Bihm(6)
    1,301,280       9.9 %     118,667       1,182,613       7.1 %     65,724       1,116,889       6.7 %
 
Ted W. Hoyt(7)
    3,167       *             3,167       *             3,167       *  
 
George A. Lewis(8)
    3,167       *             3,167       *             3,167       *  
 
W. Patrick Mulloy, II(9)
    3,167       *             3,167       *             3,167       *  
 
Ronald T. Nixon(10)
    969,981       7.4       209,476       760,505       4.6       116,018       644,487       3.9  
 
W.J. “Billy” Tauzin(11)
    5,833       *             5,833       *             5,833       *  
 
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)
    7,785,499       59.5 %     820,529       6,964,970       42.0 %     454,447       6,510,523       39.2 %
5% Beneficial Owners
                                                               
 
James Gravois(12)
    1,301,280       9.9 %     118,667       1,182,613       7.1 %     65,724       1,116,889       6.7 %
 
Harold Taylor(13)
    1,308,031       10.0       119,275       1,188,756       7.2       66,061       1,122,695       6.8  
 
David Hebert(14)
    699,655       5.3       64,441       635,214       3.8       35,690       599,524       3.6  
 
Chris Thibodeaux(15)
    699,655       5.3       64,441       635,214       3.8       35,690       599,524       3.6  
 
Denise Romano(16)
    658,175       5.0       60,703       597,472       3.6       33,619       563,853       3.4  
Other Selling Stockholders
                                                               
 
The Catalyst Fund, Ltd.(17)
    483,407       3.7 %     104,738       378,669       2.3 %     58,009       320,660       1.9 %
 
Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd.(17)
    483,407       3.7       104,738       378,669       2.3       58,009       320,660       1.9  
 
Beta Home Care, Inc.(18)
    450,000       3.4       40,560       409,440       2.5       22,464       386,976       2.3  
 
Victor Varisco(19)
    105,000       *       10,842       94,158       *       6,006       88,152       *  
 
Angie Begnaud(20)
    3,000       *       270       2,730       *       150       2,580       *  
 
Greg Ketchings(21)
    1,500       *       136       1,364       *       75       1,289       *  
 
Holly Rabalais(22)
    750       *       68       682       *       37       645       *  
 
Kelli Dore(22)
    750       *       68       682       *       37       645       *  

89


Table of Contents


  (*)  Less than 1.0% of the outstanding common stock.
 
  (1)  Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table above is c/o LHC Group, Inc., 420 West Pinhook Rd., Suite A, LaFayette, LA 70503.
 
  (2)  Includes 21,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units, 970,416 shares held by his wife, Ginger Myers, and 3,370,002 shares held by K & G Family, LLC, of which Mr. Myers is a Manager. Of the 633,758 aggregate shares shown on the table above as being sold by Mr. Myers in the offering, including those shares to be sold upon the exercise of the over-allotment option, 23,832 shares are being sold by Mr. Myers and 609,926 shares are being sold by his wife.
 
  (3)  Includes 258,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.
 
  (4)  Includes 33,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units and 462,102 shares held by Duperier Avenue Investors, LLC, of which Mr. Indest is a Manager.
 
  (5)  Includes 77,430 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.
 
  (6)  Includes 975,960 shares held by SKE Management, LLC, of which Mrs. Bihm is a Manager.
 
  (7)  Includes 2,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days, but excludes 2,333 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The options and stock held by Mr. Hoyt were issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan. Although these options and stock will be issued upon the completion of this offering, the table above gives effect to such issuance as if it had occurred on June 8, 2005.
 
  (8)  Includes 2,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days, but excludes 2,333 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The options and stock held by Mr. Lewis were issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan. Although these options and stock will be issued upon the completion of this offering, the table above gives effect to such issuance as if it had occurred on June 8, 2005.
 
  (9)  Includes 2,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days, but excludes 2,333 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The options and stock held by Mr. Mulloy were issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan. Although these options and stock will be issued upon the completion of this offering, the table above gives effect to such issuance as if it had occurred on June 8, 2005.

(10)  Includes 483,407 shares owned by The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and 483,407 shares owned by Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd. Mr. Nixon is an executive officer of The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd. Mr. Nixon and Rick Hermann, who is also an executive officer of The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital Ltd., exercise shared investment power over the shares of common stock owned by The Catalyst Fund Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd. The address for Mr. Nixon is Two Riverway, Suite 1710, Houston, TX 77056. Mr. Nixon’s beneficial ownership also includes 2,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days, but excludes 2,333 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The options and stock held by Mr. Nixon were issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan. Although these options and stock will be issued upon the completion of this offering, the table above gives effect to such issuance as if it had occurred on June 8, 2005. Of the 325,494 aggregate shares shown on the table above as being sold by Mr. Nixon in the offering, including those shares to be sold upon the exercise of the over-allotment option, 162,747 shares are being sold by The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and 162,747 shares are being sold by Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd.
 
(11)  Includes 3,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days, but excludes 4,667 shares of unvested restricted common stock. The options held by Mr. Tauzin were issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan. Although these options and stock will be issued

90


Table of Contents

upon the completion of this offering, the table above gives effect to such issuance as if it had occurred on June 8, 2005.
 
(12)  Includes 975,960 shares held by Gravois Investments, LLC, of which Mr. Gravois is a Manager.
 
(13)  Includes 6,750 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units, 490,511 shares held by Silver State Partners, LLC and 490,511 shares held by Bayou State Partners, LLC, in each of which Mr. Taylor is a Manager.
 
(14)  Includes 20,480 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of Mr. Hebert’s equity interests in one of our joint ventures into shares of our common stock and 349,827 shares held by Stamp Properties, LLC, of which Mr. Hebert is a Manager.
 
(15)  Includes 20,480 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of Mr. Thibodeaux’s equity interests in one of our joint ventures into shares of our common stock and 524,741 shares held by Thibodeaux Family Investors, LLC, of which Mr. Thibodeaux is a Manager.
 
(16)  Includes 1,500 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units and 492,506 shares held by Bayou State Associates, LLC, of which Mrs. Romano is a Manager.
 
(17)  The address for The Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/Catalyst Capital, Ltd. is Two Riverway, Suite 1710, Houston, TX 77056.
 
(18)  Includes 450,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of Beta Home Care, Inc.’s equity interests in one of our joint ventures into shares of our common stock. The address for Beta Home Care, Inc. is 3417 Patrick Street, Lake Charles, LA 70605. Christopher Baggett and John Rudd exercise shared investment power over the shares of common stock held by Beta Home Care, Inc.
 
(19)  Includes 15,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.
 
(20)  Includes 3,000 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.
 
(21)  Includes 1,500 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.
 
(22)  Includes 750 shares that will automatically be issued upon the completion of this offering in connection with the conversion of outstanding KEEP Units.

91


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

          Our authorized capital stock consists of 40,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value. The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant portions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

          General. As of June 8, 2005, there were 12,085,154 shares of common stock outstanding and 21 stockholders of record. After this offering, there will be 16,591,870 shares of our common stock outstanding.

          Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose.

          Dividends. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

          Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

          Preemptive Rights. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to our common stock.

          Assessment. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

          A total of 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock is authorized, none of which is outstanding. The board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares, designations, preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications or restrictions thereof. The preferences, powers, rights and restrictions of different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, purchase funds and other matters. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock or adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of our common stock, and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

          Some provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: (1) acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; (2) acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or (3) removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to encourage persons seeking to acquire

92


Table of Contents

control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. These provisions also serve to discourage hostile takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids.

          Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock, which allows the board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any unsolicited attempt to change control of our company. This ability may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

          Stockholder Meetings. Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our President, our Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

          Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee thereof.

          Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

          Election and Removal of Directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. Once elected, directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding common stock. For more information on the classified board, see the section entitled “Management — Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

          Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which prohibits persons deemed “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15.0% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

          The provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

          We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following: (1) any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or the stockholders; (2) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (3) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. This limitation of liability does not apply to

93


Table of Contents

liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

          Our bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and we may indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification. We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of such person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is SunTrust Bank.

94


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect that any future sales may have on the market price prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect our stock price.

Sales of Restricted Shares

          Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 16,591,870 shares of common stock. Of these shares, 4,800,000 shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, or 5,520,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144, including Rule 144(k), or Rule 701, each of which is discussed below. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will have (i) outstanding stock options held by employees, consultants and directors for the purchase of 11,500 shares of common stock; and (ii) 14,000 shares of unvested restricted common stock issued under our 2005 Director Compensation Plan.

          All of our officers, directors and stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

          As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144, Rule 144(k) and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering and assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

  •  no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and
 
  •  11,273,834 shares will be eligible for sale, subject to applicable volume limitations, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, as more particularly and except as described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144(k) or Rule 701.

          We expect the remaining 518,036 shares to become eligible for future sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 at varying times after one year from the date of this prospectus.

 
Rule 144

          Rule 144 allows persons whose shares are subject to transfer restrictions, either because the person is an affiliate or because the shares have never been registered, to transfer the shares if they comply with the Rule’s requirements. In general, under Rule 144, a person (or group of persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year (including, in some instances, the holding period of a previous owner if the previous owner was not an affiliate), and who files a Form 144 with respect to such sale, is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which would equal approximately 165,919 shares immediately after this offering, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to restrictions relating to manner of sale and the availability of current public information about us. We cannot estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144, as this will depend on the individual circumstances surrounding the desired sale, including the market price, as well as the personal circumstances of the sellers. Any

95


Table of Contents

future sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the open market, including those effected pursuant to Rule 144, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
Rule 144(k)

          A person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, is entitled to sell these shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144. Affiliates are not eligible to sell under Rule 144(k) and must always meet all of the requirements discussed under Rule 144 above, even after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.

 
Rule 701

          Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally acquired from us by our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the closing of this offering and pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by us before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be restricted shares and, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements.

Lock-up Agreements

          We, our executive officers and directors and all of our stockholders have each signed a lock-up agreement which prevents each of us, subject to limited exceptions, from offering, selling, contracting to sell, pledging or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock or securities or other rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock either owned as of the date of this prospectus or thereafter acquired or publicly announcing an intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters. This 180 day period may be extended if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day period we issue an earning release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period. The period of such extension will be 18 days, beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Stock Options

          We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or are otherwise subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

96


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

General

          The following is a general discussion of the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock that may be relevant to you if you are a non-U.S. holder that acquires our common stock pursuant to this offering. This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

          This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, and does not address any foreign, state or local tax consequences. Furthermore, this discussion does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder’s tax position, specific rules that may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, including banks, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, dealers and traders in securities, or special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge or conversion transaction. This discussion is based on provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations as of the date of this prospectus. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. If you are considering buying our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor about current and possible future tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock in your particular situation.

          For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of common stock if that individual is any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  •  a nonresident alien individual within the meaning of Section 7701(b) of the Code;
 
  •  a foreign corporation or other foreign entity taxable as a corporation under U.S. federal income tax law; or
 
  •  a foreign estate or trust within the meaning of Section 7701(a) of the Code.

          If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock, we suggest you consult your own tax advisor.

Distributions

          If distributions are paid on the shares of our common stock, these distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and then will constitute a return of capital that is applied against your tax basis in the common stock to the extent these distributions exceed those earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and your tax basis in the common stock (determined on a share by share basis) will be treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock, the treatment of which is discussed below. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30.0% rate or, if an income tax treaty applies and certain information reporting requirements are satisfied, a lower rate specified by the treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant tax treaty.

          The U.S. federal withholding tax generally is imposed on the gross amount of a distribution, regardless of whether we have sufficient earnings and profits to cause the distribution to be a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, we may elect to withhold on less than the gross amount of the

97


Table of Contents

distribution if we determine that the distribution is not paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, based on our reasonable estimates.

          A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under a tax treaty may establish entitlement to the benefit of a reduced rate of withholding under such tax treaty by timely filing a properly completed Form W-8BEN with us prior to the payment of a dividend. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under a tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund together with the required information with the Internal Revenue Service.

          Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and, if a tax treaty applies, attributable to a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. permanent establishment, are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) containing the non-U.S. holder’s taxpayer identification number. However, dividends exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax because they are “effectively connected” or attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment under an applicable tax treaty are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30.0% rate or a lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

          A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless one of the following applies:

  •  The gain is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, if a tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a non-U.S holder’s U.S. permanent establishment. In such a case, unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax as described above.
 
  •  A non-U.S. holder who is an individual holds our common stock as a capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition, and certain other conditions are met. In such a case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a flat 30.0% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. capital losses.
 
  •  At any time during the 5 year period ending on the date of a sale or other disposition of our stock, our company is classified as a United States Real Property Holding Corporation, generally defined as a corporation, the fair market value of whose real property interests equals or exceeds 50.0% of the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests, its interests in real property located outside the United States and any other of its assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Our company believes it is not and does not anticipate becoming a United States Real Property Holding Corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

          We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required. Pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or other agreement, copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides.

          Under certain circumstances, Treasury regulations require information reporting and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28.0%), on certain payments on common stock. A non-U.S. holder of common stock that fails to certify its non-U.S. holder status in accordance with applicable Treasury

98


Table of Contents

regulations or otherwise establish an exemption may be subject to information reporting and this backup withholding tax on payments of dividends.

          Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock by or through a U.S. office of a broker is subject to both information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder certifies to the payor in the manner required as to its non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. As a general matter, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock by or through a foreign office of a foreign broker effected outside the United States. However, information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock by or through a foreign office of a broker effected outside the United States if that broker is:

  •  a U.S. person,
 
  •  a foreign person that derives 50.0% or more of its gross income for specified periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,
 
  •  a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the Code, or
 
  •  a foreign partnership that at any time during its tax year either (i) has one or more U.S. persons that, in the aggregate, own more than 50.0% of the income or capital interests in the partnership or (ii) is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

          Information reporting requirements will not apply to the payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock if the broker receives a statement from the owner, signed under penalty of perjury, certifying such owner’s non-U.S. status or an exemption is otherwise established. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

          Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules do not constitute a separate U.S. federal income tax. Rather, any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be refunded or allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided the required information and appropriate claim for refund is filed with the Internal Revenue Service.

Federal Estate Tax

          Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident, as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, of the United States at the time of death will be included in that individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

          The foregoing discussion is a summary of the material federal tax consequences of the ownership, sale or other disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders for U.S. federal income and estate tax purposes. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the effect of any state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws.

99


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

          Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to each named underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the name of each underwriter.

           
Number of
Underwriters Shares


Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
    2,886,000  
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated
    1,554,000  
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
    60,000  
Keybanc Capital Markets
    60,000  
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. 
    60,000  
Lazard Capital Markets LLC
    60,000  
Montgomery & Co. 
    60,000  
Ryan, Beck & Co. 
    60,000  
     
 
 
Total
    4,800,000  
     
 

          The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares offered by us and the selling stockholders are subject to some conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any of the shares are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that, in the event of a default by an underwriter, in some circumstances the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

          The underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering price indicated on the cover page of this prospectus and to some dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $0.58 per share. The underwriters may allow, and those dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $0.10 per share to other dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, the concession to selected dealers and re-allowance to other dealers may be changed by the underwriters.

          The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 720,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise the options only to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders. To the extent the options are exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to some conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ options to purchase 720,000 additional shares.

                                 
Paid by Us Paid by the Selling Stockholders


Without Exercise With Full Exercise Without Exercise With Full Exercise
of Over-allotment of Over-allotment of Over-allotment of Over-allotment




Per share
  $ 0.98     $ 0.98     $ 0.98     $ 0.98  
Total
  $ 3,430,000     $ 3,430,000     $ 1,274,000     $ 1,979,600  

          We estimate that the total expenses of this offering that will be paid by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2,785,500.

          At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 200,000 shares of our common stock being sold in this offering for our employees, family members of employees, and other third parties. The number of shares of our common stock available for the sale to

100


Table of Contents

the general public will be reduced to the extent these reserved shares are purchased. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares in this offering.

          This offering of shares of our common stock is made for delivery when, as and if accepted by the underwriters and subject to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of this offering without notice. The underwriters reserve the right to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.

          We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

          We, our executive officers and directors and all of our stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, that we and they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or securities or other rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock either owned as of the date of this prospectus or thereafter acquired without the prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc. This 180 day period may be extended if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180 day period we issue an earning release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180 day period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period. The period of such extension will be 18 days, beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

          We have been advised by the underwriters that, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Act, some persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions, including syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing bids or the imposition of penalty bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market.

          A “syndicate covering transaction” is a bid for or the purchase of shares on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a syndicate short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with this offering. The underwriters may create a syndicate short position by making short sales of our shares and may purchase our shares in the open market to cover syndicate short positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. Short sales can be either “covered” or “naked.” “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in this offering. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. If the underwriters create a syndicate short position, they may choose to reduce or “cover” this position by either exercising all or part of the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders or by engaging in “syndicate covering transactions.” The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

          A “stabilizing bid” is a bid for or the purchase of shares on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock. A “penalty bid” is an arrangement that permits the representatives to reclaim the selling concession from an underwriter or a syndicate member when shares sold by such underwriter or syndicate members are purchased by the representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and, therefore, have not been effectively placed by the underwriter or syndicate member.

101


Table of Contents

          We have been advised by the representatives that these transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. Similar to other purchase activities, these activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

          The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

          A prospectus in electronic format may be available on sites maintained on the Internet or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view the preliminary prospectus and the final prospectus online. In addition, the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus was determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. The principal factors in determining the initial public offering price included:

  •  the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
 
  •  the history of and the prospects for our industry;
 
  •  the abilities of our management;
 
  •  our past and present operations;
 
  •  our historical results of operations;
 
  •  our anticipated operational results in 2005 and beyond;
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies;
 
  •  market conditions for initial public offerings; and
 
  •  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

          We cannot be sure that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market following this offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

102


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

          The legality of the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be passed upon by Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia. Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon certain matters in connection with this offering on behalf of the underwriters.

EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of LHC Group, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC through its Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offer and sale of common stock pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are summaries of the terms of such contracts, agreements, or documents. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional office of the SEC located at 175 W. Jackson Boulevard, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois 60604. The public may obtain additional information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement and other information filed by LHC Group, Inc. with the SEC via EDGAR are also available at the web site maintained by the SEC on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov.

103


LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTENTS

           
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 (Unaudited) and March 31, 2005 (Unaudited):
       
      F-4  
      F-5  
      F-6  
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

LHC Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LHC Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for purposes of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of LHC Group, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana

March 11, 2005

F-2


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                               
December 31,

March 31,
2003 2004 2005



(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                       
 
Cash
  $ 1,725     $ 2,911     $ 1,708  
 
Receivables:
                       
 
Patient accounts receivable, less allowance for uncollectible accounts of $418, $1,168 and $1,736 at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and March 31, 2005 (unaudited), respectively
    16,294       24,862       32,701  
   
Other receivables
    407       2,175       3,743  
   
Amounts receivable under cooperative endeavor agreements
    285       243       38  
   
Receivables from officers
    30              
   
Amounts due from governmental entities
    614       733       596  
     
     
     
 
      17,630       28,013       37,078  
 
Deferred income taxes
          396       542  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,061       1,507       1,531  
     
     
     
 
Total current assets
    20,416       32,827       40,859  
Property, building, and equipment, net
    3,241       6,176       6,267  
Goodwill
    4,111       6,429       6,529  
Deferred offering costs
          1,739       2,392  
Other assets
    147       348       335  
     
     
     
 
     
Total assets
  $ 27,915     $ 47,519     $ 56,382  
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
  $ 3,124     $ 3,349     $ 3,310  
 
Salaries, wages, and benefits payable
    3,421       4,499       6,129  
 
Amounts due to governmental entities
    19       670       1,631  
 
Amounts payable under cooperative endeavor agreements
    565       108       136  
 
Income taxes payable
    69       261       2,519  
 
Dividends payable
    63       88       103  
 
Deferred income taxes
    97              
 
Lines of credit
    803              
 
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    292       612       599  
 
Current portion of long-term debt
    827       569       290  
 
Current portion of long-term debt held by related party
    450       450       450  
     
     
     
 
     
Total current liabilities
    9,730       10,606       15,167  
Deferred equity-based compensation
    199       1,388       1,892  
Revolving debt
    7,867       14,288       14,744  
Deferred income taxes, less current portion
    479       989       707  
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    790       1,229       1,118  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    339       714       645  
Long-term debt held by related party, less current portion
    909       413       280  
Minority interests subject to exchange contracts and/or put options
    253       383       429  
Other minority interests
    440       1,158       1,865  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
 
Common stock – $0.01 par value: 40,000,000 shares authorized; 15,000,004 shares issued; 12,085,154 outstanding
    121       121       121  
 
Treasury stock – 2,914,850 shares at cost
    (782 )     (2,242 )     (2,242 )
 
Additional paid-in capital
    2,361       4,421       4,421  
 
Retained earnings
    5,209       14,051       17,235  
     
     
     
 
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    6,909       16,351       19,535  
     
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 27,915     $ 47,519     $ 56,382  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Net service revenue
  $ 48,950     $ 72,365     $ 122,980     $ 25,980     $ 37,536  
Cost of service revenue
    23,438       37,146       63,249       13,911       19,629  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    25,512       35,219       59,731       12,069       17,907  
General and administrative expenses
    16,430       24,761       37,926       7,609       10,833  
Impairment loss
          31                    
Equity-based compensation expense(1)
    124       864       1,788       817       504  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    8,958       9,563       20,017       3,643       6,570  
Interest expense
    1,135       1,226       1,189       343       303  
Non-operating (income) loss, including gain or loss on sales of assets
    (124 )     (106 )     150       (183 )     (518 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    7,947       8,443       18,678       3,483       6,785  
Income tax expense
    2,139       2,320       5,605       1,134       2,037  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    2,699       2,837       4,046       930       1,461  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
    3,109       3,286       9,027       1,419       3,287  
Loss from discontinued operations (net of income taxes of $183, $313 and $17 in the year ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, and $30 in the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited), respectively)
    (267 )     (443 )     (26 )     (49 )      
Gain on sale of discontinued operations (net of income taxes of $195 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited))
                312       312        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 2,842     $ 2,843     $ 9,313     $ 1,682     $ 3,287  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share – basic:
                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.27     $ 0.75     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.77     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share – diluted:
                                       
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.26     $ 0.26     $ 0.74     $ 0.12     $ 0.27  
 
Loss from discontinued operations, net
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )           (0.01 )      
 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net
                0.02       0.03        
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.76     $ 0.14     $ 0.27  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    11,926,226       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154  
 
Diluted
    12,084,538       12,114,675       12,145,150       12,113,752       12,207,532  


(1)  Equity-based compensation is allocated as follows:

                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cost of service revenue
  $     $ 5     $ 58     $ 13     $ 19  
General and administrative expenses
    124       859       1,730       804       485  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total equity-based compensation expense
  $ 124     $ 864     $ 1,788     $ 817     $ 504  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                   
Common Stock

Notes
Issued Treasury Additional Receivable


Paid-In From Retained
Amount Shares Amount Shares Capital Officer Earnings Total








(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Balances at January 1, 2002
  $ 121       15,000,004     $ (1,042 )     3,881,663     $ 379     $     $ 139     $ (403 )
 
Net income
                                        2,842       2,842  
 
Exercise of warrants by lenders
                260       (966,813 )     1,193             (260 )     1,193  
 
Contributed capital from stockholder
                            124                   124  
 
Dividends to stockholders ($0.013 per share)
                                        (163 )     (163 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2002
    121       15,000,004       (782 )     2,914,850       1,696             2,558       3,593  
 
Net income
                                        2,843       2,843  
 
Contributed capital from stockholder
                            665                   665  
 
Dividends to stockholders ($0.016 per share)
                                        (192 )     (192 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2003
    121       15,000,004       (782 )     2,914,850       2,361             5,209       6,909  
 
Net income
                                        9,313       9,313  
 
Sale of shares to officer in exchange for note
                40       (150,000 )     683       (123 )           600  
 
Rescission of share sale to officer
                (1,500 )     150,000       1,377       123              
 
Dividends to stockholders
($0.039 per share)
                                        (471 )     (471 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2004
    121       15,000,004       (2,242 )     2,914,850       4,421             14,051       16,351  
 
Net income (unaudited)
                                        3,287       3,287  
 
Dividends to stockholders
($0.009 per share)
(unaudited)
                                        (103 )     (103 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at March 31, 2005 (unaudited)
  $ 121       15,000,004     $ (2,242 )     2,914,850     $ 4,421     $     $ 17,235     $ 19,535  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                             
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Operating activities
                                       
Net income
  $ 2,842     $ 2,843     $ 9,313     $ 1,682     $ 3,287  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
 
Depreciation expense
    230       441       1,021       160       365  
 
Provision for bad debts
    461       604       1,556       267       699  
 
Goodwill impairment charge
          351                    
 
Equity-based compensation expense
    124       864       1,788       817       504  
 
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries
          241       3,304       657       1,325  
 
Deferred income taxes
    157       310       (85 )     76       (428 )
 
(Gain) on divestitures and sale of assets
          (10 )     (339 )     (489 )     (517 )
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                                       
   
Receivables
    (7,086 )     (4,476 )     (10,945 )     (4,148 )     (10,085 )
   
Prepaid expenses, other assets
    (330 )     (221 )     (648 )     82       (10 )
   
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    3,686       534       1,480       508       3,849  
   
Net amounts due under cooperative endeavor agreements
    (168 )     4       (415 )     (278 )     233  
   
Net amounts due governmental entities
    258       (655 )     532       (79 )     1,097  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    174       830       6,562       (745 )     319  
Investing activities
                                       
Purchases of property, building, and equipment
    (871 )     (2,046 )     (4,144 )     (1,028 )     (486 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
          150       180              
Proceeds from sale of entities
                470       470       873  
Cost of acquisitions, primarily goodwill
    (340 )     (1,891 )     (1,700 )     (52 )     (100 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (1,211 )     (3,787 )     (5,194 )     (610 )     287  
Financing activities
                                       
Issuance of common stock
    1                          
Dividends paid
    (153 )     (184 )     (445 )     (91 )     (88 )
Principal payments on debt
    (1,028 )     (1,269 )     (1,625 )     (647 )     (481 )
Payments on capital leases
    (55 )     (62 )     (446 )     (133 )     (168 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    251       1,405       1,205       458       44  
Net proceeds from lines of credit and revolving debt arrangements
    5,069       1,161       5,478       1,265       456  
Offering costs incurred
                (1,739 )           (653 )
Minority interest contributions, net of (distributions)
          452       (2,610 )     408       (919 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    4,085       1,503       (182 )     1,260       (1,809 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Change in cash
    3,048       (1,454 )     1,186       (95 )     (1,203 )
Cash at beginning of period
    131       3,179       1,725       1,725       2,911  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash at end of period
  $ 3,179     $ 1,725     $ 2,911     $ 1,630     $ 1,708  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                                       
Interest paid
  $ 1,066     $ 1,304     $ 1,344     $ 348     $ 334  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income taxes paid
  $ 1,994     $ 1,922     $ 5,783     $ 166     $ 207  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. Organization

        LHC Group, Inc. (“Company”) is a healthcare provider specializing in the post-acute continuum of care primarily for Medicare beneficiaries in rural markets in the southern United States. The Company provides home-based services, primarily through home nursing agencies and hospices, and facility-based services, primarily through long-term acute care hospitals and outpatient rehabilitation clinics. The Company, through its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries, equity joint ventures, and controlled affiliate, currently operates in Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Alabama, and Texas.

        The Company operated as Louisiana Health Care Group, Inc. (“LHCG”), until March 2001, when the shareholders of LHCG transferred to The Health Care Group, Inc. (“THCG”), all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of LHCG in exchange for shares in THCG. On January 1, 2003, the Company began operating as LHC Group, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company. The THCG shareholders exchanged their shares for membership interests in the Company (“units”).

        Prior to February 9, 2005, the Company operated under the terms of an operating agreement which provided that the Company did not have a finite life and that the members’ personal liability was limited to his or her capital contribution. There was only one class of member interest.

        In 2004, the Company sold its majority interest in three hospices, its majority interest in an inpatient rehabilitation facility and the rights to operate a home nursing agency in a specific area. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the results of operations of these entities, including the gain on sale and impairment loss are presented as discontinued operations in all periods presented.

        In March 2004, the Company engaged in initial discussions with potential underwriters regarding an initial public offering. In June 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to proceed with an initial public offering. The Company incurred approximately $1,739,000 in costs related to the initial public offering through December 31, 2004 ($2,392,000 through March 31, 2005 (unaudited)). These costs, primarily professional services fees, are reflected as “Deferred offering costs” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Plan of Merger and Recapitalization

        In January 2005, LHC Group, LLC established a wholly-owned Delaware subsidiary, LHC Group, Inc. Effective February 9, 2005, LHC Group, LLC merged into LHC Group, Inc. In connection with the merger, each outstanding membership unit in LHC Group, LLC was converted into shares of the $0.01 par value common stock of LHC Group, Inc. based on an exchange ratio of three-for-two. Each KEEP unit will also be convertible upon the initial public offering into shares of common stock of LHC Group, Inc. pursuant to the same three-for-two ratio. LHC Group, Inc. has 40,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock authorized and 5,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock authorized. All references to common stock, share, and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the merger and recapitalization as if the merger and recapitalization had taken place as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

        As used herein, the “Company” includes LHC Group, Inc. and all predecessor entities.

 
2. Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2005 and the related statements of income and stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and related notes (interim financial information) have been prepared by LHC Group, Inc. and are unaudited. In the

F-7


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been included. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2005.

        Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been condensed or omitted from the interim financial information presented. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with the company’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing herein.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported revenue and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The most critical accounting policies relate to the principles of consolidation, revenue recognition, accounts receivable and allowances for uncollectible accounts, and accounting for goodwill.

 
Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries and entities controlled by the Company. “Control” is generally defined by the Company as ownership of a majority of the voting interest of an entity. The consolidated financial statements include entities in which the Company absorbs a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of ownership, contractual or other financial interests in the entity.

        All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Business combinations accounted for as purchases have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

        The following describes the Company’s consolidation policy with respect to its various ventures excluding wholly owned subsidiaries:

Equity Joint Ventures

        The Company’s joint ventures are structured as limited liability companies in which the Company typically owns a majority equity interest ranging from 51% to 95%. Each member of all but one of the Company’s equity joint ventures participates in profits and losses in proportion to their equity interests. The Company has one joint venture partner whose participation in losses is limited. The Company consolidates these entities as the Company absorbs a majority of the entities’ expected losses, receives a majority of the entities’ expected residual returns and generally has voting control.

Cooperative Endeavors

        The Company has arrangements with certain partners that involve the sharing of profits and losses. Unlike the equity joint ventures, the Company owns 100% of the equity in these cooperative endeavors. In these cooperative endeavors, the Company possesses interests in the net profits and losses ranging from 67% to 80%. The Company has one cooperative endeavor partner whose participation in losses is limited.

F-8


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company consolidates these entities as the Company owns 100% of the outstanding equity and the Company absorbs a majority of the entities’ expected losses and receives a majority of the entities expected residual returns.

License Leasing Arrangements

        The Company, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, leases home health licenses necessary to operate certain of its home nursing agencies. As with wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company owns 100% of the equity of these entities and consolidates them based on such ownership as well as the Company’s right to receive a majority of the entities’ expected residual returns and the Company’s obligation to absorb a majority of the entities’ expected losses.

Management Services

        The Company has various management services agreements under which the Company manages certain operations of agencies and facilities. The Company does not consolidate these agencies or facilities, as the Company does not have an ownership interest and does not have a right to receive a majority of the agencies’ or facilities’ expected residual returns or an obligation to absorb a majority of the agencies’ or facilities’ expected losses.

        The following table summarizes the percentage of net service revenue earned by type of ownership or relationship the Company had with the operating entity:

                                         
Three Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
Wholly owned subsidiaries
    48.9 %     50.8 %     41.7 %     48.1 %     29.6 %
Equity joint ventures
    5.0       9.7       40.3       29.5       53.2  
Cooperative endeavors
    42.3       31.7       5.3       10.4       2.8  
License leasing arrangements
    1.9       5.4       11.1       11.5       11.3  
Management services
    1.9       2.4       1.6       0.5       3.1  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Revenue Recognition

        The Company reports net service revenue at the estimated net realizable amount due from Medicare, Medicaid, commercial insurance, managed care payors, patients, and others for services rendered. Under Medicare, the Company’s home nursing patients are classified into a group referred to as a home health resource group prior to the receipt of services. Based on this home health resource group the Company is entitled to receive a prospective Medicare payment for delivering care over a 60 day period referred to as an episode. Medicare adjusts these prospective payments based on a variety of factors, such as low utilization, patient transfers, changes in condition and the level of services provided. In calculating the Company’s reported net service revenue from home nursing services, the Company adjusts the prospective Medicare payments by an estimate of the adjustments. The Company calculates the adjustments based on a rolling average of these types of adjustments for claims paid during the preceding three months. For home nursing services, the Company recognizes revenue based on the number of days elapsed during the episode of care.

        Under Medicare, patients in the Company’s long-term acute care facilities are classified into long-term diagnosis-related groups. Based on this classification, the Company is then entitled to receive a fixed payment from Medicare. This fixed payment is also subject to adjustment by Medicare due to factors such

F-9


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

as short stays. In calculating reported net service revenue for services provided in the Company’s long-term acute care hospitals, the Company reduces the prospective payment amounts by an estimate of the adjustments. The Company calculates the adjustment based on a historical average of these types of adjustments for claims paid during the preceding three months. For the Company’s long-term acute care hospitals revenue is recognized as services are provided.

          For hospice services the Company is paid by Medicare under a prospective payment system. The Company receives one of four predetermined daily or hourly rates based upon the level of care the Company furnished. The Company records net service revenue from hospice services based on the daily or hourly rate. The Company recognizes revenue for hospice as services are provided

          Under Medicare the Company is reimbursed for rehabilitation services based on a fee schedule for services provided adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. The Company recognizes revenue as these services are provided.

          The Company’s Medicaid reimbursement is based on a predetermined fee schedule applied to each service provided. Therefore, revenue is recognized for Medicaid services as services are provided based on this fee schedule. The Company’s managed care payors reimburse the Company in a manner similar to either Medicare or Medicaid. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue from managed care payors in the same manner as the Company recognizes revenue from Medicare or Medicaid.

          The Company records management services revenue as services are provided in accordance with the various management services agreements to which the Company is a party. The agreements generally call for the Company to provide billing, management, and other consulting services suited to and designed for the efficient operation of the applicable home nursing agency or inpatient rehabilitation facility. The Company is responsible for the costs associated with the locations and personnel required for the provision of the services. The Company is generally compensated based on a percentage of net billings or an established base fee. In addition, for certain of the management agreements, the Company may earn incentive compensation.

          Net service revenue was comprised of the following:

                                         
Three Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
Home-based services
    86.7 %     77.7 %     68.7 %     69.7 %     67.5 %
Facility-based services
    13.3       22.3       31.3       30.3       32.5  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

          The following table sets forth the percentage of net service revenue earned by category of payor:

                                           
Three Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
Payor:
                                       
 
Medicare
    82.8 %     83.1 %     84.6 %     85.3       81.5  
 
Medicaid
    3.8       5.1       4.6       5.6       8.0  
 
Other
    13.4       11.8       10.8       9.1       10.5  
     
     
     
     
     
 
      100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
 

F-10


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Home-Based Services

          Home Nursing Services. The Company receives a standard prospective Medicare payment for delivering care. The base payment, established through federal legislation, is a flat rate that is adjusted upward or downward based upon differences in the expected resource needs of individual patients as indicated by clinical severity, functional severity, and service utilization. The magnitude of the adjustment is determined by each patient’s categorization into one of 80 payment groups, known as home health resource groups, and the costliness of care for patients in each group relative to the average patient. The Company’s payment is also adjusted for differences in local prices using the hospital wage index. The Company performs payment variance analyses to verify the models utilized in projecting total net service revenue are accurately reflecting the payments to be received.

          Medicare rates are subject to change. Due to the length of the Company’s episodes of care, a situation may arise where Medicare rate changes affect prior period’s net service revenue. In the event that Medicare rates experience change, the net effect of that change will be reflected in the current reporting period.

          Final payments from Medicare may reflect one of five retroactive adjustments to ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the total reimbursement: (a) an outlier payment if the patient’s care was unusually costly; (b) a low utilization adjustment if the number of visits was fewer than five; (c) a partial payment if the patient transferred to another provider before completing the episode; (d) a change-in-condition adjustment if the patient’s medical status changes significantly, resulting in the need for more or less care; or (e) a payment adjustment based upon the level of therapy services required in the population base. Management estimates the impact of these payment adjustments based on historical experience and records this estimate during the period the services are rendered.

          Hospice Services. The Company’s Medicare hospice reimbursement is subject to two caps. One cap relates to individual programs receiving more than 20% of its total Medicare reimbursement from inpatient care services. The second cap relates to individual programs receiving reimbursements in excess of a “cap amount,” calculated by multiplying the number of beneficiaries during the period by a statutory amount that is indexed for inflation. The determination for each cap is made annually based on the 12-month period ending on October 31 of each year. This limit is computed on a program-by-program basis. None of the Company’s hospices exceeded either cap during 2002, 2003, 2004 or the three months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited).

 
Facility-Based Services

          Long-Term Acute Care Services. The Company is reimbursed by Medicare for services provided under the long-term acute care hospital prospective payment system, which was implemented on October 1, 2002. Each patient is assigned a long-term care diagnosis-related group. The Company is paid a predetermined fixed amount applicable to that particular group. This payment is intended to reflect the average cost of treating a Medicare patient classified in that particular long-term care diagnosis-related group. For selected patients, the amount may be further adjusted based on length of stay and facility-specific costs, as well as in instances where a patient is discharged and subsequently readmitted, among other factors. Similar to other Medicare prospective payment systems, the rate is also adjusted for geographic wage differences.

          Outpatient Rehabilitation Services. Outpatient therapy services are reimbursed on a fee schedule, subject to annual limitations. Outpatient therapy providers receive a fixed fee for each procedure performed, adjusted by the geographical area in which the facility is located. The Company recognizes revenue as the services are provided. There are also annual per Medicare beneficiary caps that limit Medicare coverage for outpatient rehabilitation services.

F-11


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Uncollectible Accounts

          The Company reports accounts receivable net of estimated allowances for uncollectible accounts and adjustments. Accounts receivable are uncollateralized and primarily consist of amounts due from third-party payors and patients. To provide for accounts receivable that could become uncollectible in the future, the Company establishes an allowance for uncollectible accounts to reduce the carrying amount of such receivables to their estimated net realizable value. The credit risk for other concentrations of receivables is limited due to the significance of Medicare as the primary payor. The Company does not believe that there are any other significant concentrations of receivables from any particular payor that would subject it to any significant credit risk in the collection of accounts receivable.

          The amount of the provision for bad debts is based upon the Company’s assessment of historical and expected net collections, business and economic conditions, and trends in government reimbursement. Uncollectible accounts are written off when the Company has determined the account will not be collected.

          A portion of the estimated Medicare prospective payment system reimbursement from each submitted home nursing episode is received in the form of a request for accelerated payment (“RAP”) before all services are rendered. The estimated episodic payment is billed at the commencement of the episode. The Company receives a RAP for 60% of the estimated reimbursement at the initial billing for the initial episode of care per patient and the remaining reimbursement is received upon completion of the episode. For any subsequent episodes of care contiguous with the first episode of care for the patient, the Company receives a RAP for 50% of the estimated reimbursement at initial billing. The remaining 50% reimbursement is received upon completion of the episode. The Company has earned net service revenue in excess of billings rendered to Medicare. Only a nominal portion of the amounts due to the Medicare program represent cash collected in advance of providing services.

 
Goodwill

          Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Principally all of the Company’s intangible assets are goodwill.

          The Company estimates the fair value of its identified reporting units and compares those estimates against the related carrying value. For each of the reporting units, the estimated fair value is determined based on a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization or on the estimated fair value of assets in situations when it is readily determinable.

          The Company has concluded that licenses to operate home-based and/or facility-based services have indefinite lives, as management has determined that there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic or other factors that would limit the useful life of the licenses and the Company intends to renew and operate the licenses indefinitely. Accordingly, the Company has elected to recognize the fair value of these indefinite-lived licenses and goodwill as a single asset for financial reporting purposes.

          Components of the Company’s home nursing operating segment are generally represented by individual subsidiaries or joint ventures with individual licenses to conduct specific operations within geographic markets as limited by the terms of each license. Components of the Company’s facility-based services are represented by individual operating entities. Effective January 1, 2004, management began aggregating the components of these two segments into two reporting units for purposes of evaluating impairment. Prior to January 1, 2004, management evaluated each operating entity separately for impairment. Modifications to the Company’s management of the segments and reporting provided management with a basis to change the reporting unit structure.

F-12


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other Significant Accounting Policies

 
Due to/from Governmental Entities

          Prior to October 1, 2000, the Company recorded Medicare home nursing services revenues at the lower of actual costs, the per visit cost limit, or a per beneficiary cost limit on an individual provider basis. Final reimbursement was determined based on submission of annual cost reports and audits by the fiscal intermediary. Adjustments were accrued on an estimated basis in the period the related services were rendered and further adjusted as final settlements are determined. These adjustments are accounted for as changes in estimates. There have been no significant changes in estimates during 2002, 2003, 2004 or 2005 (unaudited).

 
Property, Building, and Equipment

          Property, building, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets, generally ranging from three to ten years and up to thirty-nine years on buildings.

          Capital leases, primarily consisting of transportation equipment, are included in equipment. Capital leases are recorded at the present value of the future rentals at lease inception and are amortized over the shorter of the applicable lease term or the useful life of the equipment. Amortization of assets under the capital lease obligations is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

 
Long-Lived Assets

          The Company reviews the realizability of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate recorded costs may not be recoverable. If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted) are less than the carrying amount of such assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount of the assets and their estimated fair value.

 
Income Taxes

          The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Management provides a valuation allowance for any net deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of such net deferred tax assets will not be recovered.

 
Minority Interest and Cooperative Endeavor Agreements

          The interest held by third parties in subsidiaries owned or controlled by the Company is reported on the consolidated balance sheets as minority interest. Minority interest reported in the consolidated statements of income reflects the respective interests in the income or loss of the subsidiaries attributable to the other parties, the effect of which is removed from the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

          Several of the Company’s home health agencies have cooperative endeavor agreements with third parties that allow the third parties to be paid or recover a fee based on the profits or losses of the respective agencies. The Company accrues for the settlement of the third party’s profits or losses during the period the amounts are earned. Under the agreements, the Company has incurred net amounts due to the third parties of $2,699,000 in 2002, $2,638,000 in 2003, and $753,000 in 2004 and $136,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The cooperative endeavor agreements have terms expiring through December 31, 2005.

F-13


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

        For agreements where the third party is a healthcare institution, the agreements typically require the Company to lease building and equipment and receive housekeeping and maintenance from the healthcare institutions. Ancillary services related to these arrangements are also typically provided by the healthcare institution.

        During 2003, certain subsidiaries operating under cooperative endeavor agreements were converted to limited liability companies in which the third parties contributed capital for ownership rights. The third parties retained the right to their share of the profits or losses. These entities are accounted for as majority-owned subsidiaries.

 
              Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue consists primarily of the following expenses incurred by clinical and clerical personnel in the Company’s agencies and facilities:

  •  Salaries and related benefits expense;
 
  •  Transportation, primarily mileage reimbursement; and
 
  •  Supplies and services, including payments to contract therapists.

 
              General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses consist primarily of the following expenses incurred by home office and administrative field personnel:

  •  Home office:

  •  Salaries and related benefits expense;
 
  •  Costs associated with advertising and other marketing activities; and
 
  •  Rent and utilities.

  •  Supplies and services:

  •  Accounting, legal, and other professional services;
 
  •  Office supplies;

  •  Depreciation; and
 
  •  Provision for bad debts.

 
              Advertising and Marketing Costs

          The Company expenses all advertising and marketing costs as incurred, which approximated $1,033,000 in 2002, $1,248,000 in 2003, $1,364,000 in 2004 and $421,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2005 of which $107,000, $88,000, $7,000 and $0, respectively, related to discontinued operations and is classified accordingly.

 
              Equity-Based Compensation Expense

          During 2003, the Company began sponsoring a Key Employee Equity Participation (“KEEP”) Plan whereby certain individuals are granted participation equity units (“KEEP Units”). The KEEP Plan functions as a stock appreciation rights plan whereby an individual is entitled to receive, on a per KEEP Unit basis, the increase in estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock from the date of grant until the date that the employee dies, retires, or is terminated for other than cause. Accordingly, the

F-14


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

KEEP Units are subject to variable accounting until such time as the obligation to the employee is settled. The Company has a call right, under which, it can purchase all or portion of the KEEP Units. The individuals receiving KEEP Units vest in those rights in a graded manner over a five-year period and, accordingly, the Company records compensation expense for the vested portion of the KEEP Units. The KEEP Units have no exercise price.

          Compensation expense, and a corresponding increase in paid-in capital, was also recognized each period for any change in value associated with certain shares that were held by an officer of the Company.

 
              Earnings Per Share

          Basic per share information is computed by dividing the item by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted per share information is computed by dividing the item by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus dilutive potential shares.

          The following table sets forth shares used in the computation of basic and diluted per share information for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005.

                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding for basic per share calculation
    11,926,226       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154       12,085,154  
Effect of dilutive potential shares:
                                       
 
KEEP Units
          29,521       59,996       28,598       122,378  
 
Warrants
    158,312                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
Adjusted weighted average shares for diluted per share calculation
    12,084,538       12,114,675       12,145,150       12,113,752       12,207,532  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
              Concentration of Credit Risk

          Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash balances and accounts receivable. The Company invests its excess cash with a large bank. At December 31 2003 and 2004 and at March 31, 2005 accounts receivable due from the Medicare program represented approximately 78% and 65% and 67% (unaudited), respectively, of total patient accounts receivable.

 
              Reclassification

          The accompanying 2003 and 2002 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2004 financial statement presentation.

 
              Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. Generally the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

F-15


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

          SFAS 123(R) must be adopted no later than January 1, 2006. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company expects to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006.

          The Company plans to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

          As permitted by SFAS No. 123(R), the Company currently accounts for its KEEP Units as variable awards in accordance with Opinion No. 25 and, as such, records compensation expense for the vested portion of these share-based payments. The adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) will not have an impact on future compensation expense related to the KEEP Units and would not have impacted prior periods had the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) at an earlier date.

          In conjunction with the successful completion of the Company’s initial public stock offering, the Company’s 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan will become effective. SFAS No. 123(R) will require the Company to account for share-based payments under this plan using the fair value method. The impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) on compensation expense recognized under the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted under this plan in the future.

 
3. Acquisitions and Divestitures

          The following acquisitions were completed pursuant to the Company’s strategy of becoming the leading provider of post-acute healthcare services to Medicare patients in selected rural markets in the southern United States. The purchase price of each acquisition was determined based on the Company’s analysis of comparable acquisitions and target market’s potential cash flows. Goodwill generated from the acquisitions was recognized based on the expected contributions of each acquisition to the overall corporate strategy. The Company expects the goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisition of existing operations to be fully tax deductible.

 
2005 Acquisitions

          During the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Company acquired the existing operations of one entity for $100,000 in cash. Goodwill of $100,000 was assigned to the home based services segment.

 
2005 Divestitures

          The Company sold a minority interest in an extended care operation and in a pharmacy operation during the three months ended March 31, 2005. The Company received $873,000 in cash and recognized a gain on these sales of $526,000. The Company retained majority interests in both operations.

 
2004 Acquisitions

          The Company made seven acquisitions during 2004 for $790,000 in cash. These acquisitions were primarily the purchase of the entities’ existing operations. Goodwill of $770,000 was assigned to the home-based services segment and goodwill of $20,000 was assigned to the facility-based services segment.

          The Company also acquired a 70% interest in an outpatient rehabilitation facility through a stock purchase agreement for $207,000 in cash. Goodwill of $17,000 was assigned to the facility-based services segment. The Company also acquired a 100% interest in another outpatient rehabilitation facility through a

F-16


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

stock purchase agreement for $750,000 in cash and a promissory note for $650,000. Goodwill of $1,220,000 was assigned to the facility-based services segment.

          Additionally, the Company acquired a portion of the minority interest in a majority-owned home nursing joint venture by issuing a $300,000 promissory note. A $300,000 increase in the home-based services segment’s goodwill was recognized in connection with this transaction.

 
2004 Divestitures

          The Company sold its majority interest in three hospice subsidiaries to the minority interest holder. The Company received $300,000 and recognized a gain on the sale of $347,000. The Company also sold its interest in a rehabilitation facility to another owner in the facility for $129,000, receiving cash of $45,000 and a promissory note for $84,000. The Company recognized a loss on the sale of $40,000.

          The Company sold the rights to operate a home care facility in a specific area to an unrelated party for $200,000. The Company received $125,000 in cash and a promissory note for the balance. The Company recognized a gain on the sale of $200,000.

          In connection with the planned divestiture of certain entities in 2004, management recognized an impairment loss on two operating entities in 2003.

          The following results of these divestitures have been presented as loss from discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated statement of income:

                                         
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2002 2003 2004 2004 2005





(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 4,828     $ 5,532     $ 767     $ 593     $  
Costs, expenses and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    5,278       6,288       810       672        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes
    (450 )     (756 )     (43 )     (79 )      
Income taxes
    183       313       17       30        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Loss from discontinued operations
  $ (267 )   $ (443 )   $ (26 )   $ (49 )   $  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
2003 Acquisitions

          The Company made four acquisitions during 2003 for $2,100,000. These acquisitions were primarily the purchase of the entities’ existing operations. The Company paid $1,600,000 in cash and issued a promissory note for $500,000. Goodwill of $126,000 was assigned to the home-based services segment and goodwill of $1,950,000 was assigned to the facility-based services segment.

          Additionally, the Company increased ownership in a home-nursing operation by paying $315,000 in cash and recognized an increase in goodwill of $315,000 in the home-based services segment.

 
2002 Acquisitions

          The Company made five acquisitions during 2002 for $340,000 in cash. These acquisitions were primarily the purchase of the entities’ existing operations. Goodwill of $340,000 was assigned to the home-based services segment.

F-17


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

        The changes in recorded goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 were as follows:

                           
Year Ended Three Months
December 31, Ended

March 31,
2003 2004 2005



(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Home-based services segment:
                       
 
Balances at beginning of period
  $ 1,944     $ 2,034     $ 3,104  
 
Goodwill acquired during the period
    441       1,070       100  
 
Impairment loss
    (351 )            
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 2,034     $ 3,104     $ 3,204  
     
     
     
 
Facility-based services segment:
                       
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 127     $ 2,077     $ 3,325  
 
Goodwill acquired during the period
    1,950       1,257        
 
Purchase price adjustments
          (9 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 2,077     $ 3,325     $ 3,325  
     
     
     
 

        The above transactions were considered to be immaterial individually and in the aggregate. Accordingly, no supplemental pro forma information is required.

4.     Income Taxes

        Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

                   
December 31,

2003 2004


(in thousands)
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Conversion from cash basis accounting
  $ (93 )   $ (71 )
 
Amortization of intangible assets
    (70 )     (348 )
 
Tax in excess of book depreciation
    (264 )     (1,133 )
 
Prepaid expenses
    (260 )     (299 )
 
Change in tax accounting method
    (174 )     (270 )
     
     
 
      (861 )     (2,121 )
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
    131       451  
 
Accrued employee benefits
    78       273  
 
Accrued compensation
    76       527  
 
Accrued self-insurance
          277  
     
     
 
      285       1,528  
     
     
 
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (576 )   $ (593 )
     
     
 

F-18


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

        The components of the Company’s income tax expense from continuing operations were as follows:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2003 2004



(in thousands)
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 1,772     $ 1,777     $ 4,940  
 
State
    210       233       581  
     
     
     
 
      1,982       2,010       5,521  
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
    141       277       75  
 
State
    16       33       9  
     
     
     
 
      157       310       84  
     
     
     
 
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 2,139     $ 2,320     $ 5,605  
     
     
     
 

        A reconciliation of the differences between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and provisions for income taxes for each period are as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2002 2003 2004



(in thousands)
Income taxes computed at federal statutory tax rate
  $ 1,784     $ 1,906     $ 4,975  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    214       243       575  
Nondeductible expenses
    141       171       55  
     
     
     
 
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 2,139     $ 2,320     $ 5,605  
     
     
     
 

F-19


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.     Credit Arrangements

Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt consisted of the following:

                           
December 31, March 31,


2003 2004 2005



(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Loan agreement with the Catalyst Entities
  $ 1,359     $ 863     $ 730  
Subordinated promissory note with former shareholders
    551       319        
Notes payable:
                       
 
Due in monthly installments of $103,000 with interest at 7%
    500              
 
Due in two annual installments of $161,000 with interest beginning August 2004 with interest at 5%
          150       150  
 
Due in monthly installments of $1,500 through September 2004 at 8.5%
    115              
 
Due in monthly installments of $500 through July 2006 at 8.25%
          9       8  
 
Due in monthly installments of $12,500 through November 2009 at 3.08%
          625       602  
 
Due in monthly installments of $2,000 through January 2009 at 5.75%
          180       175  
     
     
     
 
      2,525       2,146       1,665  
Less current portion of long-term debt
    1,277       1,019       740  
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,248     $ 1,127     $ 925  
     
     
     
 

        The Company’s loan agreement with the Catalyst Entities bears interest at 12% per annum, and monthly installments of $53,000 are due through July 1, 2006. (See Note 7.)

        The Company’s subordinated promissory note was repaid in full at March 31, 2005 (unaudited). (See Note 7.)

        Certain of the Company’s loan agreements contain certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness and the maintenance of certain financial ratios. At December 31, 2003 and 2004 and at March 31, 2005 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

        The scheduled principal payments on long-term debt are as follows for each of the next five years following December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 1,019  
2006
    614  
2007
    148  
2008
    148  
2009
    217  
     
 
    $ 2,146  
     
 

Other Credit Arrangements

        The Company maintains a revolving-debt arrangement. Under the terms of this arrangement, the Company may be advanced funds up to a defined limit of eligible accounts receivable not to exceed the borrowing limit. At December 31, 2003 and 2004 and at March 31, 2005 (unaudited), the borrowing limit

F-20


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

was $15,000,000, and the amounts outstanding were $7,867,000, and $14,288,000 and 14,744,000, respectively. Interest accrues on outstanding amounts at a varying rate and is based on the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. prime rate plus 2%. Payments are made on the outstanding balance as accounts receivables are collected. The arrangement matures on April 15, 2010.

        The Company, through certain subsidiaries, had lines of credit outstanding with a bank. These arrangements provided these subsidiaries with aggregate borrowings of up to $1,050,000. Balances outstanding at December 31, 2003 were $803,000. These arrangements were terminated in 2004. The interest rates on these borrowings ranged from 8.3% to 8.6%. The Company, through a subsidiary, had another line of credit outstanding with a bank. The arrangement provided for borrowings up to $300,000 with a stated interest rate of 6.5%. The arrangement was terminated in 2004.

 
6. Key Employee Equity Participation Plan

          The Company has reserved up to 6.5% of the value of the Company’s stock for issuance under the KEEP Plan. A summary of the changes in the KEEP Units outstanding is as follows:

                           
December 31,

March 31
2003 2004 2005



(unaudited)
Outstanding at beginning of period
          106,500       481,680  
 
Granted
    106,500       375,180        
 
Exercised
                 
     
     
     
 
Outstanding at end of period
    106,500       481,680       481,680  
     
     
     
 
Number of KEEP Units vested at end of period
    19,745       106,607       145,405  
     
     
     
 

          The outstanding unvested KEEP Units at March 31, 2005 vest according to the following schedule:

           
During:
       
 
2005
    110,953  
 
2006
    107,357  
 
2007
    70,275  
 
2008
    35,998  
 
2009
    11,692  
     
 
      336,275  
     
 

          Upon the occurrence of certain events, as defined in the KEEP Plan, including an initial public offering, the outstanding KEEP Units fully vest and the Company can convert the KEEP Units to common stock, pay out the liability as estimated as of that date, or settle the awards in any other way deemed appropriate.

          The KEEP Units are accounted for at their estimated fair value. Accordingly, no pro forma net income or per share information is required.

 
7. Related Party Transactions

Catalyst Fund, Ltd. and Southwest/ Catalyst Capital, Ltd. Investments

          In July 2001, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Catalyst Fund, Ltd., and Southwest/ Catalyst Capital, Ltd. (“Catalyst Entities”), involving an aggregate amount of $2,000,000.

F-21


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

These loans were evidenced by individual promissory notes, each in the principal amount of $1,000,000, accruing interest at a rate of 12.0% per annum and payable in equal monthly installments of approximately $26,000 in principal and interest, due through July 1, 2006. As of March 31, 2005, $730,000 (unaudited) in principal remained outstanding under these promissory notes.

          The Catalyst Entities possess a security interest in the Company’s equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, general intangibles, chattel paper, and instruments. Also serving as collateral is the assignment of a key man life insurance policy with regard to a Company officer of which the Company is named beneficiary.

          In connection with the loan agreement with the Catalyst Entities, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with the Catalyst Entities under which they agreed to provide assistance, advice, and consultation with respect to operations, marketing, and financial structure and performance in consideration for the issuance of two warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to the equivalent of an aggregate of 966,813 shares of the Company’s currently outstanding common stock. Management estimated the value of the Warrants to be $229,000 at the date of issuance and recognized this amount as prepaid consulting fees to be amortized over the life of the arrangements. The Company applied variable accounting to the Warrants and recognized subsequent changes in the estimated fair value of the Warrants as consulting expense. This resulted in a charge of $963,000 in 2001. The Warrants were exercised in their entirety in March 2002 for a total of $1,000. The fair value of the Warrants was recognized as a capital contribution at the date of exercise.

          Under the terms of the Warrant agreements under which these shares of common stock were issued to the Catalyst Entities, they were originally granted the right, at any time after the period beginning on July 3, 2006, or upon the occurrence of a change in control, to compel the Company to purchase their shares of common stock. However, these put rights were terminated on March 18, 2002, by the mutual agreement of the parties.

Repurchase of Common Stock from Certain Stockholders

          In March 2001, certain stockholders agreed to sell the equivalent of an aggregate of 3,881,663 shares of the Company’s currently outstanding common stock to the Company. The purchase price was paid pursuant to a promissory note in the principal amount of approximately $1,000,000. The note bears interest at a rate of 15.5%, and payments of approximately $25,000 are due each month. At December 31, 2004, $319,000 in principal was outstanding under this note. The note was paid in full at March 31, 2005 (unaudited). An additional payment under a non-compete agreement will be due the former stockholders if the Company meets certain performance-based criteria.

          The repurchased shares are held in escrow as collateral for the payment of the purchase price. As payments under the promissory note are made, a proportion of the total repurchased shares is released. This proportion is determined by dividing the principal amount paid in the particular installment by a price per share of $0.268. The sole and exclusive remedy available in the event of default under the promissory note is foreclosure on the remaining collateral. At December 31, 2004, 1,190,608 treasury units are considered restricted under the terms of this agreement. At March 31, 2005, all shares have been released in conjunction with the repayment of the note (unaudited).

Non-compete Agreement with Certain Former Stockholders

          The Company recorded compensation expense of $338,000 related to the 2001 repurchase of the Company’s common stock described above. The performance-based criteria were met in 2004.

F-22


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Indebtedness of Officer of the Company

          In October 2004, an officer repaid in full a promissory note held by the Company in the principal amount of $90,000. The promissory note, which had an interest rate of 7% per annum, was formerly secured by 33,000 KEEP Units held by the officer. In connection with its repayment by the officer, the promissory note was canceled and the Company’s security interest in the officer’s KEEP Units was terminated.

          The officer was the obligor under another promissory note in the Company’s favor in the principal amount of $123,000, which note had an interest rate of 6% per annum and was due on or before March 3, 2010. The officer was entitled under the note to prepay all or any part of this obligation without penalty. This promissory note was intended to serve as payment of the purchase price for 150,000 shares of common stock purchased by the officer under a subscription agreement, dated March 3, 2004. The Company recognized a compensation charge of $600,000 in connection with the issuance of these shares of common stock. As security for the repayment of the promissory note, the officer concurrently executed an Act of Pledge in which he granted the Company the right to sell any or all of his shares of common stock in the event of default under or nonpayment of the promissory note. In exchange for the return of the 150,000 shares of common stock formerly issued to the officer, this promissory note was canceled on June 30, 2004. The Company issued this officer 225,000 KEEP Units in connection with the return of the 150,000 shares of common stock described above.

          Beginning in 2001, the Company recognized compensation charges related to stock grants made to this officer. These charges totaled $1,500,000 at the date of the return of the stock described above. Future compensation expense will be recognized only to the extent the estimated fair value of the 225,000 KEEP Units varies from the cumulative compensation charge of $1,500,000 for the 150,000 shares of common stock that were returned.

Sunset Clinic Lease Agreement

          In July 2003, one of the Company’s indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries, Louisiana Physical Therapy, LLC, entered into a lease agreement with Oak Shadows of Sunset, LLC (“Oak Shadows”). The lease agreement had an initial ten-year term set to expire in July 2013. The lease agreement granted no right of termination. The lease agreement required monthly payments of approximately $4,000 for the initial term. At the time of the lease agreement’s execution, an officer of the Company held 100% of the membership interests in Oak Shadows. On December 1, 2004, pursuant to a Transfer and Assignment of LLC Membership Interest, the officer, as the sole member of Oak Shadows, transferred his membership interest, which included land and building with a net book value of $279,000, to the Company in exchange for the Company’s assumption of the officer’s guarantee of mortgage indebtedness relating to the property, in the form of two note payables whose principal balances totaled $282,000. Upon the acquisition of Oak Shadows, the lease was terminated.

 
8. Leases

          The Company, through two of its wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into one lease agreement in 2001 and another in 2003 for a Medicare and a Medicaid license and the associated provider numbers. The agreements are for an initial term of five years and will be automatically extended for a consecutive five-year term unless the lessee gives written notice to the lessor 180 days prior to the expiration date of the initial term. The initial lease terms expire in 2006 and 2008. Expense related to these leases was $73,000 in 2002, $166,000 in 2003, and $545,000 in 2004. Payments due under these leases are $393,000 in 2005, $393,000 in 2006, $243,000 in 2007, and $182,000 in 2008.

F-23


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

          The Company leases office space and equipment at its various locations. Total rental expense was approximately $1,856,000 in 2002, $3,649,000 in 2003, and $4,318,000 in 2004 of which $196,000, $222,000, and $40,000 respectively, relate to discontinued operations and is classified accordingly. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, are as follows for the periods ending December 31 (in thousands):

         
2005
    3,581  
2006
    2,321  
2007
    1,716  
2008
    1,123  
2009
    369  
Thereafter
    1,418  
     
 
    $ 10,528  
     
 

          As of December 31, 2004, future minimum payments by year and in the aggregate, under non-cancelable capital leases with initial terms of one year or more, consisted of the following (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 690  
2006
    580  
2007
    357  
2008
    225  
2009
    109  
Thereafter
    100  
     
 
Total minimum lease payments
    2,061  
Amounts representing interest
    220  
     
 
Present value of net minimum payments
    1,841  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    612  
     
 
Capital lease obligations, long-term
  $ 1,229  
     
 

          The cost of assets held under capital leases was $1,227,000 and $2,558,000 at December 31,2003 and 2004, respectively. The related accumulated amortization was $81,000 and $341,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

9.     Employee Benefit Plan

          The Company sponsors a profit-sharing 401(k) plan that covers substantially all eligible full-time employees. The plan allows participants to contribute up to 15% of their compensation and discretionary Company contributions as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Discretionary contributions authorized to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, and 2004, were $163,000, $201,000, and $474,000, respectively.

10.     Commitments and Contingencies

Contingent Convertible Minority Interests

          During 2004, in conjunction with the acquisition/sale of joint venture interests, the Company entered into agreements with minority interest holders in three of its majority owned subsidiaries that

F-24


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

allowed these minority interest holders to put their minority interests to the Company in the event the Company is sold, merged or otherwise acquired or completes an initial public offering (“IPO”). These put options are deemed to be part of the underlying minority interest shares, thus rendering the shares to be puttable shares.

          In two of the majority owned subsidiaries, Acadian Home Health Care Services, LLC (“Acadian”) and Hebert and Thibodeaux Physical Therapy, Inc. (“Hebert”), the put option allows the minority interest holders to either: 1) convert their minority interests into shares of the Company based upon the minority interest in the respective subsidiaries’ earnings before interest taxes depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for the twelve months prior to exercise in relation to the Company’s EBITDA over the same period, or 2) redeem their minority interest for cash in an amount equal to five times the respective subsidiaries’ EBITDA for the twelve months prior to exercise times their minority interest percentage.

          In the third majority owned subsidiary, St. Landry Extended Care Hospital, LLC (“St. Landry”), the put option allows the minority interest holders to convert their minority interests into shares of the Company based upon St. Landry’s EBITDA for the prior fiscal year in relation to the Company’s EBITDA over the same period. The put option can be exercised by the minority interest holders in St. Landry upon the completion of an IPO by the Company or the acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded company. However, due to applicable laws and regulations, the minority interest holders can not convert their minority interests in St. Landry unless certain conditions are met including, but not limited to, the Company having stockholders’ equity in excess of $75 million at the end of its most recent fiscal year or on average during the previous three fiscal years. If the St. Landry minority interest holders do not or are unable to convert their minority interests into shares of the Company, the minority interest holders shall have the option to redeem their minority interests at any time following thirty days after an IPO for cash consideration equal to the value of the shares the minority interest holders would have received if they had converted their minority interests into shares of the Company multiplied by the average closing price of the Company’s shares for the thirty days preceding the date of the minority interest holders’ exercise of the redemption option. Although the St. Landry put rights were not exercisable during 2004, if they had been the St. Landry minority interest holders would not have received any value under the conversion/redemption options, as St. Landry had negative EBITDA during the year ended December 31, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2004, however, St. Landry had positive EBITDA and therefore if the put rights become exercisable and are exercised during 2005 by all the minority interest holders, the Company estimates it would be required to pay approximately $1,100,000 for those interests. Such amount represents the product of the shares the minority interest holders would get if they could convert their interests into LHC Group, Inc.’s shares (84,080) and an assumed average trading price of $13 for the 30 days preceding the conversion date.

          On September 14, 2004, in order to fix the potential shares to be issued upon the successful completion of an IPO, and to remove the uncertainty regarding the exercise of the put option upon completion of the Company’s IPO, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with the Acadian minority interest holder. The agreement replaced the put option feature related to an IPO with a requirement that the minority interest holder exchange its interest in Acadian upon the closing of the IPO for 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and cash equal to 153,772 shares of the Company’s stock based on the per share public offering price. Assuming a $13 public offering price, the minority interest holder would receive approximately $7,849,000 in cash and stock for their interests. The amount of consideration to be received by the minority interest holder in Acadian under the exchange agreement was determined through arms length negotiations with the minority interest holder, which negotiations included an effort by the parties to approximate the consideration that would have been received under the formula in the put option at the date the Company could be expected to complete its initial public offering. The

F-25


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company believes that any value exchanged by the parties in connection with entering into the exchange agreements was nominal.

          The exchange agreement relating to Acadian only addressed the consideration to be received upon the completion of an IPO by the Company. The put option is still outstanding with respect to a sale, merger or other acquisition of the Company. If the put option had been exercisable and exercised by the Acadian minority interest holder as of December 31, 2004, the Acadian minority interest holder would have received approximately $9,208,000 under the formula set forth in the put option, assuming an IPO price of $13.

          On November 23, 2004, in order to fix the number of potential shares to be issued upon the successful completion of an IPO, and to remove the uncertainty regarding the exercise of the put option upon completion of the Company’s IPO, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with the Hebert minority interest holders. The agreement replaced the put option feature related to an IPO with a requirement that the minority interest holders exchange their interests in Hebert upon the closing of the IPO for 68,036 shares of the Company’s common stock. Assuming a $13 public offering price, the minority interest holders would receive approximately $884,000 for their interests. The amount of consideration to be received by the Hebert minority interest holders was determined through arms length negotiations with the minority interest holders, which negotiations included an effort by the parties to approximate the consideration that would have been received under the formula in the put option at the date the Company could be expected to complete its IPO. The Company believes that any value exchanged by the parties in connection with entering into the exchange agreement was nominal.

          The exchange agreement relating to Hebert only addressed the consideration to be received upon the completion of an IPO by the Company. The put option is still outstanding with respect to a sale, merger or other acquisition of the Company. If the put option had been exercisable and exercised by the Hebert minority interest holders as of December 31, 2004, the Hebert minority interest holders would have received $0 under the formula set forth in the put option, assuming an IPO price of $13. The formula would have resulted in $0 value because Hebert had negative EBITDA in 2004.

          The above put/redemption options and exchange agreements have been presented in the historical financial statements under the guidance in Accounting Series Release (ASR) No. 268 and EITF Topic D-98, which generally require a public company’s stock subject to redemption requirements that are outside the control of the issuer to be excluded from the caption “stockholders’ equity” and presented separately in the issuer’s balance sheet. Since the decision by the Company to complete an IPO is within the control of the Board of Directors of the Company, the conversion/redemption option in the context of the Company’s IPO would not be subject to ASR 268. A sale, merger or other acquisition of the Company is not always within the control of the Board of Directors of the Company, and therefore ASR 268 would apply to the conversion/redemption option as it relates to a sale, merger or other acquisition of the Company. Under EITF Topic D-98, once it becomes probable that the minority interest would become redeemable, the minority interest should be adjusted to its current redemption amount. The Company has determined that at no time since the inception of the conversion/redemption options has the sale, merger or other acquisition of the Company been probable. Therefore, under the guidance provided by EITF Topic D-98 the minority interest related to these conversion options have not yet been adjusted to their current redemption amount.

F-26


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

          Carrying amount of minority interest at December 31, 2004, minority interest in income (loss) for the period ended December 31, 2004, the anticipated settlement value of the exchange contracts at December 31, 2004 and the anticipated settlement value of the St. Landry put option at December 31, 2004 is as follows (all data reflects an assumed IPO price of $13 per share):

                                 
Minority Interest Anticipated
Minority Interest in Income (Loss) Settlement Value Anticipated
at For the Year of Exchange Settlement Value of
December 31, Ended Contracts at Put Options at
2004 December 31, 2004 December 31, 2004 December 31, 2004




Acadian
  $ 277,049     $ 956,857     $ 7,849,000 (1)   $ 9,208,000 (3)(4)
Hebert
  $ 64,008     $ (80,109 )   $ 884,000 (2)   $ 0 (3)(4)
St. Landry
  $ 41,836     $ 77,659       N/A     $ 1,100,000 (3)


(1)  Under the exchange agreement for Acadian, the minority interest holders are entitled to receive 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and cash equal to our initial public offering price times 153,772 shares of our common stock. Since the number of shares to be received by the minority interest holder has been fixed in the exchange agreement, the value of the consideration ultimately received by the minority interest holder will only fluctuate based on changes in the Company’s initial public offering price.
 
(2)  Under the exchange agreement for Hebert, the minority interest holders are entitled to receive 68,036 shares of the Company’s common stock. Since the number of shares to be received by the minority interest holders has been fixed in the exchange agreement, the value of the consideration ultimately received by the minority interest holders will only fluctuate based on changes in the Company’s initial public offering price.
 
(3)  The anticipated settlement amount is based on the application of the formula in the put option under an assumption that the contingency to the exercise of the put had been resolved as of December 31, 2004. The actual value of the consideration received upon exercise of the put option will fluctuate based on (i) changes in the EBITDA of the respective joint venture and of the Company as a whole, and (ii) changes in the Company’s initial public offering price.
 
(4)  This amount assumes that the minority interest holders would elect to convert their minority interests into shares of the Company as opposed to exercising their right to have their minority interests redeemed for cash. If the minority interest holders elected to have their interests redeemed for cash of as December 31, 2004, the Hebert minority interest holders would have received $0 and the Acadian minority interest holders would have received approximately $4.8 million.

Contingencies

        The terms of several joint venture operating agreements grant a buy/sell option that would require the Company to either purchase or sell the existing membership interest in the joint venture within 30 days of the receipt of the notice to exercise the provision. Either the Company or its joint venture partner has the right to exercise the buy/sell option. The party receiving the exercise notice has the right to either purchase the interests held by the other party or sell its interests to the other party. The purchase price formula for the interests is set forth in the joint venture agreement and is typically based on a multiple of the earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization of the joint venture. Total revenue earned by the Company from joint ventures subject to these arrangements was $16,127,000, $17,385,000 and $23,178,000 during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. The Company has not received notice from any joint venture partners of their intent to exercise the buy/sell option nor has the Company notified any joint venture partners of any intent to exercise the buy/sell option.

F-27


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

        The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes the outcome of pending litigation will not have a material adverse effect, after considering the effect of the Company’s insurance coverage, on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Compliance

        The laws and regulations governing the Company’s operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, regulate how the Company does business, the services offered, and interactions with patients and the public. These laws and regulations, and their interpretations, are subject to frequent change. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations could materially and adversely affect the Company’s operations and financial condition.

        The Company is subject to various routine and non-routine governmental reviews, audits, and investigations. In recent years, federal and state civil and criminal enforcement agencies have heightened and coordinated their oversight efforts related to the healthcare industry, including with respect to referral practices, cost reporting, billing practices, joint ventures, and other financial relationships among healthcare providers. Violation of the laws governing the Company’s operations, or changes in the interpretation of those laws, could result in the imposition of fines, civil or criminal penalties, the termination of the Company’s rights to participate in federal and state-sponsored programs, and the suspension or revocation of the Company’s licenses.

        If the Company’s long-term acute care hospitals fail to meet or maintain the standards for Medicare certification as long-term acute care hospitals, such as average minimum length of patient stay, they will receive payments under the prospective payment system applicable to general acute care hospitals rather than payment under the system applicable to long-term acute care hospitals. Payments at rates applicable to general acute care hospitals would likely result in the Company receiving less Medicare reimbursement than currently received for patient services. Moreover, all of the Company’s long-term acute care hospitals are subject to additional Medicare criteria because they operate as separate hospitals located in space leased from, and located in, a general acute care hospital, known as a host hospital. This is known as a “hospital within a hospital” model. These additional criteria include requirements concerning financial and operational separateness from the host hospital.

        The Company anticipates there may be changes to the standard episode-of-care payment from Medicare in the future. Due to the uncertainty of the revised payment amount, the Company cannot estimate the impact that changes in the payment rate, if any, will have on its future financial statements. In August 2004, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, adopted new regulations that implement significant changes affecting long-term acute care hospitals. Among other things, these new regulations, which became effective in October 2004, implemented new rules that provide long-term acute care hospitals operating in the hospital within a hospital model with lower rates of reimbursement for Medicare admissions from their host hospitals that are in excess of specified percentages.

        These new rules also reclassified certain long-term acute care hospital diagnosis related groups, which could result in a decrease in reimbursement rates. Further, the new rules kept in place the financial penalties associated with the failure to limit to no greater than 5% the total number of Medicare patients discharged to the host hospital and subsequently readmitted to a long-term acute care hospital located within the host hospital.

        The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing. While no such regulatory inquiries have been made, compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to

F-28


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

future government review and interpretation as well as significant regulatory action, including fines, penalties, and exclusion from the Medicare program.

11.     Concentration of Risk

        The Company’s Louisiana facilities accounted for approximately 92%, 89%, 83% and 84% of net service revenue during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. Any material change in the current economic, or competitive conditions in Louisiana could have a disproportionate effect on the Company’s overall business results.

12.     Segment Information

        The Company’s segments consist of (a) home-based services and (b) facility-based services. Home-based services include home nursing services and hospice services. Facility-based serviced include long-term acute care services and outpatient rehabilitation services. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

                         
Year Ended December 31, 2002

Home-Based Facility-Based
Services Services Total



(in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 42,443     $ 6,507     $ 48,950  
Cost of service revenue
    19,745       3,693       23,438  
General and administrative expenses
    13,388       3,042       16,430  
Equity-based compensation expense
    87       37       124  
Operating income (loss)
    9,223       (265 )     8,958  
Interest expense
    807       328       1,135  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    8,522       (575 )     7,947  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    2,699             2,699  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    5,823       (575 )     5,248  
Total assets
    18,153       3,332       21,485  
Capital expenditures
    267       604       871  

F-29


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                         
Year Ended December 31, 2003

Home-Based Facility-Based
Services Services Total



(in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 56,196     $ 16,169     $ 72,365  
Cost of service revenue
    27,567       9,579       37,146  
General and administrative expenses
    17,642       7,119       24,761  
Equity-based compensation expense
    605       259       864  
Operating income (loss)
    10,351       (788 )     9,563  
Interest expense
    872       354       1,226  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    9,571       (1,128 )     8,443  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    2,855       (18 )     2,837  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    6,716       (1,110 )     5,606  
Total assets
    22,232       5,683       27,915  
Capital expenditures
    850       1,196       2,046  
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2004

Home-Based Facility-Based
Services Services Total



(in thousands)
Net service revenue
  $ 84,495     $ 38,485     $ 122,980  
Cost of service revenue
    41,266       21,983       63,249  
General and administrative expenses
    26,189       11,737       37,926  
Equity-based compensation expense
    1,252       536       1,788  
Operating income
    15,789       4,228       20,017  
Interest expense
    768       421       1,189  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    15,277       3,401       18,678  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    3,017       1,029       4,046  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    12,260       2,372       14,632  
Total assets
    30,049       17,470       47,519  
Capital expenditures
    2,142       2,002       4,144  

F-30


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                         
Three Months Ended March 31, 2004

Home-Based Facility-Based
Services Services Total



(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Net service revenue
  $ 18,110     $ 7,870     $ 25,980  
Cost of service revenue
    9,338       4,573       13,911  
General and administrative expenses
    5,207       2,402       7,609  
Equity-based compensation expense
    572       245       817  
Operating income
    2,993       650       3,643  
Interest expense
    225       118       343  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    2,776       707       3,483  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    655       275       930  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    2,120       432       2,553  
Total assets
    19,209       12,819       32,028  
                         
Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

Home-Based Facility-Based
Services Services Total



(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Net service revenue
  $ 25,326     $ 12,210     $ 37,536  
Cost of service revenue
    11,898       7,731       19,629  
General and administrative expenses
    7,367       3,466       10,833  
Equity-based compensation expense
    353       151       504  
Operating income
    5,708       862       6,570  
Interest expense
    201       102       303  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    5,506       1,279       6,785  
Minority interest and cooperative endeavor allocations
    1,123       338       1,461  
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    4,383       941       5,324  
Total assets
    33,997       22,385       56,382  

13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments:

                                 
December 31,

2003 2004


Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value




(in thousands)
Cash
  $ 1,725     $ 1,725     $ 2,911     $ 2,911  
Receivables
    17,630       17,630       28,013       28,013  
Payables and accrued liabilities
    7,261       7,261       8,975       8,975  
Lines of credit
    803       803              
Capital lease obligations
    1,082       1,082       1,841       1,841  
Long-term debt
    10,392       10,556       16,434       16,481  

F-31


Table of Contents

LHC GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

        The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash, receivables, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value because of their short maturity.

        The carrying amount of the Company’s lines of credit and capital lease obligations approximate their fair value because of the interest rates are considered to be at market rates. The fair value of the long-term debt is based on the current interest rates on the Company’s variable debt.

 
14. Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts and Property, Building, and Equipment

        The following table summarizes the activity and ending balances in the allowance for uncollectible accounts:

                                   
Beginning End of
of Year Additions and Year
Balance Expenses Deductions Balance




(in thousands)
Year ended December 31:
                               
 
2004
  $ 418     $ 1,556     $ 806     $ 1,168  
 
2003
    496       604       682       418  
 
2002
    439       461       404       496  

        The following table describes the components of property, building, and equipment:

                 
December 31,

2003 2004


(in thousands)
Land
  $     $ 56  
Building and improvements
    582       1,849  
Transportation equipment
    896       776  
Furniture and other equipment
    2,623       5,048  
     
     
 
      4,101       7,729  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    860       1,553  
     
     
 
    $ 3,241     $ 6,176  
     
     
 

F-32


Table of Contents



(LHG GROUP LOGO)